blob: da6142b9a3a1151151a5a794ee5d9dfcf4d94475 [file] [log] [blame]
Lennart Poetteringd657c512012-01-25 02:20:38 +01001systemd System and Service Manager
Lennart Poettering220a21d2012-01-25 01:02:41 +01002
Lennart Poetteringe8498f82018-06-22 12:57:54 +02003CHANGES WITH 239:
Stuart Hayes019cb3a2018-02-14 15:44:47 -05004
5 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekd69f5282018-06-14 09:18:02 +02006 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
7 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
8 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
9 a slot number associated.
10
11 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
12 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
13 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
14 independent.
15
16 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
17 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
18 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
19
20 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
21 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
22 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
23 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
Stuart Hayes019cb3a2018-02-14 15:44:47 -050024
Yu Watanabe6e2d7442018-05-24 13:18:28 +090025 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
26 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
Lennart Poetteringfe903cf2018-06-12 15:18:50 +020027 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
28 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
29 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
30 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
31 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
32 e.g. NIS.
Yu Watanabe6e2d7442018-05-24 13:18:28 +090033
Lennart Poetteringfe903cf2018-06-12 15:18:50 +020034 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
35 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
36 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
37 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
38 may be necessary to update the file.
Yu Watanabee0eee472018-05-29 15:11:35 +090039
Lennart Poettering1fc83d02018-06-01 19:13:38 +020040 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
41 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
42 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
43 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
44 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
45 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
46 documentation.
47
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +020048 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
49 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
50 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +020051 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
52 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
53 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
54 them.
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +020055
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekce55bd52018-06-05 14:25:43 +020056 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
57 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
Lennart Poetteringfe903cf2018-06-12 15:18:50 +020058 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
59 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
60 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekce55bd52018-06-05 14:25:43 +020061
Lennart Poetteringe01d9e22018-04-19 16:51:04 +020062 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
63 now default to a system call whitelist (rather than a blacklist, as
64 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
65 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
66 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
67 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
68 too, as the default whitelisting will prohibit all mount, swap,
69 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
70
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +020071 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
72 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
73 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
74 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +020075 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
76
Iwan Timmerc9299be2018-06-13 20:26:24 +020077 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
78 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
Lennart Poetteringc086ce82018-06-12 20:50:15 +020079 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
80 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
81 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
82
Yu Watanabe73c718a2018-06-13 14:52:57 +090083 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
84 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
Lennart Poetteringabc291a2018-07-04 15:27:29 +020085 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
86
87 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
88 that embedd a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
89 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
90 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
91 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
92 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
93 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
94 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
95 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
96 systemd-resolved.service will result in a host name lookup for which
97 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
98 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
99 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
100 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
101 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
102 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
103 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
104 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
105 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
106 from.
Yu Watanabe73c718a2018-06-13 14:52:57 +0900107
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200108 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
109 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
110 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200111 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
112
Lennart Poettering75da2622018-06-12 15:19:54 +0200113 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
114 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200115 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
116 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200117
118 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
119 where the system initially suspends, and after a time-out resumes and
120 hibernates again.
121
122 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
123 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
124
125 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
126 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
127 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
128
129 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
130 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
131 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
132 was not configurable and set to 512.
133
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200134 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
135 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
136 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
137 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
138 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
139 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
140 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
141 in particular su and sudo.
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200142
143 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
144 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
Michael Bieblbc99dac2018-06-12 15:41:38 +0200145 synchronization has been received from the network. This
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200146 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
147 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
148 services.
149
150 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
151 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
152 files should work for hibernation now.
153
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200154 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
155 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200156 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
157 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
158 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
159 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
160 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
161 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200162 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
163 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200164 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200165 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
166 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
167 name following the last dash.
168
169 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek88099352018-06-21 00:08:36 +0200170 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200171 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek88099352018-06-21 00:08:36 +0200172 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
173 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200174
175 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
176 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
177 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200178 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
179 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
180 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200181
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekc7f93e22018-06-12 14:06:47 +0200182 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
183 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
Lennart Poetteringba1dc1a2018-06-12 15:20:05 +0200184 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
185 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekc7f93e22018-06-12 14:06:47 +0200186
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200187 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
188 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
189 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200190 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
191 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200192
193 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
194 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
195 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
196 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
197 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
198 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
199 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
200 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
201 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200202 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
203 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
204 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200205 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
206
207 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
208 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
209 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
210 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
211 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
212 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
213 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
214 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
215 settings.
216
217 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
218 expiration feature, if it is available.
219
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200220 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
221 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
222 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
223
224 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
225 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200226
227 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
228
229 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
230 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
231
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200232 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200233 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
234 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
235 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
236 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
237 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200238 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
239 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200240 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
241 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
242 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
243
Yu Watanabe704ae532018-06-21 10:51:35 +0900244 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
245 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
246 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
247 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200248
249 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
250 about its state.
251
Yu Watanabe73c718a2018-06-13 14:52:57 +0900252 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
253 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
254 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
255 "timedatectl set-ntp".
256
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200257 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
258 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200259 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200260 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
261 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
262 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
263 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
264 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
265 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200266 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200267 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
268
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200269 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200270 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
271
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200272 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200273 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200274 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
275 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200276 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
277 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
278
279 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
280 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
281 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
282 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
283 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
284 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
285 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
286
287 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
288 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekc7f93e22018-06-12 14:06:47 +0200289 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
290 shown.)
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200291
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200292 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
293 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
294 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
295 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
296 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
297 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
298 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
299 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
300 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
301
302 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
303 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
304 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
305
306 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
307 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekc7f93e22018-06-12 14:06:47 +0200308 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
309 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
310 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
311 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
312 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
313 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200314
315 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
316
317 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200318 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200319 automatically when the system clock changed.)
320
321 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
322 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
323
324 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/doc/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
325 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
326 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/doc/CODE_QUALITY.md
327
Lennart Poetteringd6906102018-06-20 11:54:25 +0200328 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
329
330 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/doc/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
331
332 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
333 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
334
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200335 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
336 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
337 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
338 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
339 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
340 external user databases.
341
342 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
343 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
344 refused due to the enforced limits.
345
346 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
347 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
348 manages.
349
Lennart Poetteringc49a7cb2018-06-12 16:26:36 +0200350 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
351 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
352 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
353 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
354 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
355 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
356 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
357 wher this is now used by default.
358
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek57ab4512018-06-20 22:35:36 +0200359 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
360 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
361
Lennart Poetteringc7668c12018-06-20 12:46:18 +0200362 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
363 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
364 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
365 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
366 update process in a generic way.
367
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200368 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
Lennart Poetteringec53d482018-06-12 15:18:25 +0200369 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
Lennart Poetteringbb6f0712018-06-20 11:06:17 +0200370 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
371 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
372 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
373 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
374 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
375 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
376 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
377 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
378 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
379 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
380 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
381 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
382 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
383 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
384 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
385 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
386 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
387 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
388 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
389 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
Lennart Poettering61d00252018-06-14 15:22:45 +0200390 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
Lennart Poetteringbb6f0712018-06-20 11:06:17 +0200391 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
392 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
393 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
394 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
395 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
396 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200397
Lennart Poetteringe8498f82018-06-22 12:57:54 +0200398 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200399
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekc657bff2018-03-05 17:13:38 +0100400CHANGES WITH 238:
Lennart Poetteringe0c46a72018-02-09 19:59:53 +0100401
402 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
403 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
404 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
405 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek444d5862018-02-15 11:43:08 +0100406 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
407 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
408 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
409 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
410 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
Tomasz Torcz07a35e82018-03-06 09:35:47 +0100411 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek444d5862018-02-15 11:43:08 +0100412 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
413 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
414 to revert this change.
Lennart Poetteringe0c46a72018-02-09 19:59:53 +0100415
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek313c32c2018-03-05 10:25:17 +0100416 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
417 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
418 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
419 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
420 once at the end of the transaction.
421
422 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
423 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
424 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
425 scripts.
426
427 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
428 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
429 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
430 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
431 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
432 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
433 still allowing local admin overrides.
434
Tomasz Torcz07a35e82018-03-06 09:35:47 +0100435 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek313c32c2018-03-05 10:25:17 +0100436 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
437 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
438
439 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
Tomasz Torcz07a35e82018-03-06 09:35:47 +0100440 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek313c32c2018-03-05 10:25:17 +0100441 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
442 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
443 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
444
445 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
446 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
447 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
448 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
449 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
450 from package installation scripts.
451
452 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
453 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
454 without the user number ("u username -:456").
455
456 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
457 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
458
459 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
460 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
461 /sbin/nologin for other users).
462
463 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
464 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
465 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
466 --systemd, --user, or --global).
467
468 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
469 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
470 which are triggered meanwhile).
471
472 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
473 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
474 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
475 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
476 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
477
478 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
479 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
480 rotated very quickly.
481
482 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
483 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
484 pending bus messages.
485
486 * systemd gained a new
487 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
488 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
489 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
490 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
491 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
492 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
493 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
494 again in pure cgroups v2 environments when invoked from the user
495 session scope.
496
497 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
498 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
499 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
500 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
501 the tree to be accessed.
502
503 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
504 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
505 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
506
507 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
508 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
509 to keys in the main keyring.
510
511 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
512
513 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
514 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
515
516 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
517
518 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
519 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
520 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
521 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
522 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
523 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
524 explicitly.
525
526 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
527 the colour of "OK" status messages.
528
529 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
530 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
531 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
532 be restarted.
533
534 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
535 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
536
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekc657bff2018-03-05 17:13:38 +0100537 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
538 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
539 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
540 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
541 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
542 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
543 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
544 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
545 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
546 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
547 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
548 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
549 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
550 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
551 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
552 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
553
554 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
555
Lennart Poettering82c8e3e2018-01-28 16:36:03 +0100556CHANGES WITH 237:
Martin Pitt2b0c59b2018-01-22 21:17:08 +0100557
558 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
559 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
560 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
561 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
562
Lennart Poettering49e87292018-01-24 10:54:10 +0100563 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
564 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
565 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
566 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
567 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
568 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
569 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
570 behaviour has been altered slightly, to match what the documentation
571 says: lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files
572 don't exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the
573 file.
574
Lennart Poettering82c8e3e2018-01-28 16:36:03 +0100575 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
576 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
577 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
578 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
579 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
580 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
581 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
582 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
583 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that reqires
584 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
585
Lennart Poettering95894b92018-01-25 13:18:28 +0100586 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
587 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
588 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
589 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
590 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
591 now provides explicit control.
592
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1a0cd2c2018-01-28 16:52:47 +0100593 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
594 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
Lennart Poettering95894b92018-01-25 13:18:28 +0100595 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
596 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
597 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1a0cd2c2018-01-28 16:52:47 +0100598 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
599 unit types that already supported transient operation.
Lennart Poettering95894b92018-01-25 13:18:28 +0100600
601 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
602 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
603 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
604
605 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
606 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
607
608 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
609 .network files all gained support for a new condition
610 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
611 versions.
612
613 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
Clinton Roy6cddc792018-01-26 21:44:11 +1100614 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
Lennart Poettering95894b92018-01-25 13:18:28 +0100615 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
616 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
617 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
618 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
619 understands RapidCommit=.
620
621 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
622 Delegation.
623
624 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
625 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
626 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
627 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
628 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
629 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
630 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
631 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
632 --watch-bind= command line switch.
633
634 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
635 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
636 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
637 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
638 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
639 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
640 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
641 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersencaf2a2d2018-01-28 00:05:27 +0100642 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
Lennart Poettering95894b92018-01-25 13:18:28 +0100643 "Disconnected" signals).
644
645 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
646 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
647 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
648 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
649 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
650 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
651 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
652 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
653 round-trips are removed.
654
655 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
656 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
657 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
658 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
659
660 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
661 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
662 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
663 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
664 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
665 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
666
667 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
668 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
669 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
670 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
Clinton Roy6cddc792018-01-26 21:44:11 +1100671 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
672 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
Lennart Poettering95894b92018-01-25 13:18:28 +0100673 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
674 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
675 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
676 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
677
678 * sd-event gained a new call pair
Clinton Roy6cddc792018-01-26 21:44:11 +1100679 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
680 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
Lennart Poettering95894b92018-01-25 13:18:28 +0100681 when the event source is destroyed.
682
683 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
684 connections.
685
Clinton Roy6cddc792018-01-26 21:44:11 +1100686 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
687 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
688 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
Lennart Poettering95894b92018-01-25 13:18:28 +0100689 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
690 new transitional flag file has been added: if
691 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
692 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
693
694 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
695 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
696 manager.
697
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek31751f72018-01-28 16:54:18 +0100698 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke6501af2018-01-28 15:52:06 +0100699 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
700 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
701 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
702 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
703
bleep_blop56a29112018-01-27 22:03:52 +0530704 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
Lennart Poettering508058c2018-01-28 13:28:58 +0100705 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
bleep_blop56a29112018-01-27 22:03:52 +0530706 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
Lennart Poettering508058c2018-01-28 13:28:58 +0100707 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
708 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
bleep_blop56a29112018-01-27 22:03:52 +0530709 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
Lennart Poettering508058c2018-01-28 13:28:58 +0100710
711 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
Michael Bieblbc99dac2018-06-12 15:41:38 +0200712 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
Lennart Poettering508058c2018-01-28 13:28:58 +0100713 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
714 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
715 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
bleep_blop56a29112018-01-27 22:03:52 +0530716 level/target is given as an argument.
Lennart Poettering95894b92018-01-25 13:18:28 +0100717
Lennart Poettering508058c2018-01-28 13:28:58 +0100718 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
719 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
720 where UID and GID do not match.
Lennart Poettering95894b92018-01-25 13:18:28 +0100721
Lennart Poettering508058c2018-01-28 13:28:58 +0100722 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
723 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
724 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
725 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
726 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
727 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
728 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
729 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
730 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
731 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
732 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
733 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
734 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
735 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
736 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
737 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
738 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
739 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
740 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
741 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
742 Палаузов
743
744 — Brno, 2018-01-28
Martin Pitt2b0c59b2018-01-22 21:17:08 +0100745
Lennart Poetteringa1b2c922017-12-14 23:09:57 +0100746CHANGES WITH 236:
Mantas Mikulėnas195b9432017-10-23 23:56:01 +0300747
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +0100748 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
749 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
750 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
751 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
Mantas Mikulėnas195b9432017-10-23 23:56:01 +0300752
Lennart Poettering39254962017-12-08 22:25:49 +0100753 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
754 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
755 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
756 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
757 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
758 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
759 valid specifiers today.)
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek751223f2017-11-24 12:19:40 +0100760
Dimitri John Ledkove6b2d942017-10-24 09:28:41 -0400761 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +0100762 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
763 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
764 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
765 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
766 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
Dimitri John Ledkove6b2d942017-10-24 09:28:41 -0400767
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +0100768 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
769 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
770 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
771 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
772
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +0100773 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
774 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
775 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
776 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
777 services are resolved properly.
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +0100778
Lennart Poettering39254962017-12-08 22:25:49 +0100779 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
780 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
781 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
782 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
783 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
784 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
785 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
786 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
787 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
788 and btrfs.
789
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +0100790 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
791 DNS server and domain information.
792
793 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
794 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
795 runtime.
796
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +0100797 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +0100798 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
799 empty for the first time.
800
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek8ea2dcb2017-12-07 21:03:32 +0100801 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
802 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
803 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
804 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
805 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
806 running in the user session.
807
808 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
809 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
810 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
811 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
812 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
813 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +0100814 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek8ea2dcb2017-12-07 21:03:32 +0100815 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +0100816 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
817 user instance).
818
819 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
820 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
821
822 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +0100823 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
824 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
825 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +0100826
827 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +0100828 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +0100829
830 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
831 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
832 sleep verbs.
833
Yu Watanabee9ad86d2017-12-01 04:48:57 +0900834 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +0100835
836 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +0100837 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +0100838
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +0100839 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +0100840
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +0100841 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
842 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
843 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +0100844
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +0100845 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
846 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
847 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
848 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
849 instance.
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +0100850
851 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
852 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
853 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
854
855 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
856 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
857 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
858
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +0100859 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +0100860
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +0100861 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
862 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
863 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
864 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
865 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
866 processes.
867
868 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
869 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
870 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
871 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
872
873 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
874 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
875 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +0100876
877 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
878 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
879 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
880 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +0100881 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +0100882
883 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
884 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
885
886 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
887 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
888 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
889 time the specified expression would elapse.
890
891 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +0100892 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
893 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
894 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
895 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
896 types, not just services.
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +0100897
898 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
Christian Hessedd014ee2017-12-06 23:49:01 +0100899 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +0100900 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
901 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
902
903 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
904 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
905 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
906 interface for this purpose.
907
908 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
909 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
910 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
911 anyway.
912
Lennart Poetteringf09eb762018-02-26 11:48:46 +0100913 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
914 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
Lennart Poettering39254962017-12-08 22:25:49 +0100915 requirements of systemd.
916
917 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
918 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
919 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
920
921 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
922 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
923 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
924 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
925
Daniel Blacka3274312017-12-14 22:17:43 +1100926 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
927 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
928 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
929 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
930
Lennart Poetteringea2a3c92017-12-13 18:27:59 +0100931 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
932 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
933
Lennart Poetteringa1b2c922017-12-14 23:09:57 +0100934 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
935 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
936 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
937 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
938 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
939 managing software supports (such as pppd).
940
941 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
942 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
943 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
944
Lennart Poettering39254962017-12-08 22:25:49 +0100945 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
946 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
947 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
Lennart Poetteringea2a3c92017-12-13 18:27:59 +0100948 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
Lennart Poetteringa1b2c922017-12-14 23:09:57 +0100949 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
950 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
951 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
952 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
953 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
954 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
955 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
956 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
957 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
958 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
959 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
960 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
961 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
962 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
963 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
964 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
965 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
966 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
967 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +0100968
Lennart Poetteringea2a3c92017-12-13 18:27:59 +0100969 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
Tom Stellard3754abc2017-11-08 08:35:23 -0800970
Dimitri John Ledkov582faeb2017-08-02 13:41:18 +0100971CHANGES WITH 235:
972
Lennart Poettering2bcbffd2017-11-16 03:57:32 +0100973 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
974 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
975 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
976 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
Shawn Landden23d37362017-11-20 18:05:57 -0800977 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
Lennart Poettering2bcbffd2017-11-16 03:57:32 +0100978 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
979 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
980 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
981 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
982 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
983 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
984 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
985 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
986 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
987 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
988 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
989 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
990 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
991 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
992 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
993 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
994 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
995 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
996 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
997 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
998 IPAddressDeny= see below.
999
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001000 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
1001 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
1002 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
1003 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
1004 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
1005 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
1006 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
1007 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
Dimitri John Ledkov582faeb2017-08-02 13:41:18 +01001008
Lucas Werkmeisteref5a8cb2017-09-07 23:41:20 +02001009 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001010 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
1011 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
1012 used to change those values.
Lucas Werkmeisteref5a8cb2017-09-07 23:41:20 +02001013
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001014 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
1015 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001016 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
1017 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
1018 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
1019 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001020
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001021 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
1022 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
1023 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
1024 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001025
1026 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
1027 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
1028 one top-level directory.
1029
1030 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
1031 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
1032 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001033 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001034 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
1035 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
1036 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
1037 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
1038 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
1039 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
1040 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
Lennart Poettering75dfbba2017-10-05 17:23:17 +02001041 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
1042 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
1043 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
1044 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001045
1046 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
1047 Meson-only.
1048
1049 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
1050 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
1051 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
1052 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
1053 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
1054 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
1055 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
1056 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
1057 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
1058 acceptable to us.
1059
1060 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
1061 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
1062 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
1063 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
1064 host name open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
1065 requested at build time.
1066
1067 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
1068 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
1069 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
1070 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
1071 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
1072 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
1073 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
1074 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
1075 Type= setting which permits configuring
1076 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
1077
1078 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
1079 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
1080 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
1081 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
1082 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
1083 local frames between bridge ports.
1084
1085 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
1086 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
1087 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
1088
1089 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001090 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001091
1092 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001093 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
1094 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001095 implement a system call whitelist instead of a blacklist.
1096
1097 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
1098 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
1099 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001100 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
1101 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
1102 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
1103 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001104 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
1105
1106 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
1107 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
1108 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
1109 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
1110 command.)
1111
1112 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
1113 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
1114 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
1115
Lennart Poettering44898c52017-09-30 14:34:50 +02001116 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
1117 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001118 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
1119 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
1120
1121 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
1122 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
1123 configured, except for the credentials applied by
1124 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
1125 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
1126 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
1127 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
1128 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
1129 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
1130 on systems where this is not supported.
1131
1132 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
1133 sockets.
1134
1135 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
1136 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
1137 during runtime.
1138
1139 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
1140 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001141 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001142
1143 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
1144 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
1145 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
1146
1147 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
1148 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001149 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
1150 Following this logic, two new special targets
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001151 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001152 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
1153 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001154
1155 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001156 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
1157 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001158 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
1159
1160 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
1161 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
1162 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
1163 --wait".
1164
1165 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
1166 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
1167 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
1168 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
1169 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
1170 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
1171 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
1172 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
1173 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
1174
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001175 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek608f70e2017-10-05 15:41:33 +02001176 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001177 containing information about the consumed resources of this
1178 invocation.
1179
1180 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
1181 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
1182 processes.
1183
Lennart Poetteringe06fafb2017-10-02 16:30:01 +02001184 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
1185 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
1186 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001187 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
1188 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
Lennart Poetteringe06fafb2017-10-02 16:30:01 +02001189 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
1190 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
1191 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
1192 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
1193 systems for all five operations.
1194
1195 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
1196 the system.
1197
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001198 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
1199 than UTC or the local timezone.
1200
Lennart Poetteringf6e64b72017-10-04 21:44:29 +02001201 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001202 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
1203 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
1204 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
1205 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
1206 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
1207 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
1208 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
Lennart Poetteringf6e64b72017-10-04 21:44:29 +02001209
Lennart Poetteringd55b0462017-09-29 21:19:54 +02001210 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
1211 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
1212 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
1213 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
Lennart Poetteringcf844842017-10-05 16:53:32 +02001214 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
1215 again.
1216
1217 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
1218 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
1219 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
Lennart Poetteringd55b0462017-09-29 21:19:54 +02001220
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001221 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
1222 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
Lennart Poettering76451c12017-10-05 17:38:40 +02001223 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
1224 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
1225 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
1226 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
1227 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
1228 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
1229 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
1230 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
1231 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
1232 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
1233 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
1234 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
1235 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
1236 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
1237 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
1238 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
1239 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
1240 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001241
Lennart Poetteringc1719d82017-10-06 10:18:04 +02001242 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001243
Lennart Poettering4b4da292017-06-27 23:06:55 +02001244CHANGES WITH 234:
1245
1246 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
1247 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
1248 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
1249 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
1250 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
1251 summary:
1252
1253 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
1254
1255 becomes:
1256
1257 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
1258
1259 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
1260 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
1261 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
1262 .device units.
1263
1264 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
1265 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
1266 running a systemd user instance.
1267
1268 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
1269 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
1270 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
1271 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
1272 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
1273 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
1274
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek9f09a952017-06-30 13:36:42 -04001275 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
Lennart Poettering4b4da292017-06-27 23:06:55 +02001276
1277 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
1278 (domain search list).
1279
1280 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
Michael Bieblbc99dac2018-06-12 15:41:38 +02001281 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
Lennart Poettering4b4da292017-06-27 23:06:55 +02001282 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
1283 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
1284 implementation of RA.
1285
1286 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
1287 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
1288 ISO date values.
1289
1290 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
1291 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
1292 devices.
1293
1294 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
1295 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
1296 option.
1297
1298 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek7f7ab222017-07-12 03:25:59 -04001299 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
1300 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
1301 default yet.
Lennart Poettering4b4da292017-06-27 23:06:55 +02001302
1303 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
1304 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
1305 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
1306 SHA256SUMS files.
1307
1308 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
1309 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
1310
1311 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
1312
1313 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
1314
1315 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
1316 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5486a312017-05-12 08:31:46 -04001317
1318 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
1319 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
1320 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
1321 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
1322
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek9f09a952017-06-30 13:36:42 -04001323 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
1324 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
Thomas H. P. Andersen38d93382017-07-03 23:35:05 +02001325 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek9f09a952017-06-30 13:36:42 -04001326 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
1327 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
1328 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
1329 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
1330 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
1331 systemd-logind to be safe. See
1332 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
1333
Yu Watanabe9d8813b2017-05-30 22:45:10 +09001334 * All kernel install plugins are called with the environment variable
1335 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
1336 /etc/machine-id. If the file is missing or empty, the variable is
1337 empty and BOOT_DIR_ABS is the path of a temporary directory which is
Thomas H. P. Andersen38d93382017-07-03 23:35:05 +02001338 removed after all the plugins exit. So, if KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID
Yu Watanabe9d8813b2017-05-30 22:45:10 +09001339 is empty, all plugins should not put anything in BOOT_DIR_ABS.
1340
Lennart Poettering184d2c12017-07-03 11:19:20 +02001341 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
Lennart Poetteringac172e52017-07-11 19:17:58 +02001342 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
1343 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
1344 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
1345 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
Lennart Poettering184d2c12017-07-03 11:19:20 +02001346 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
1347 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
1348 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1349 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
Lennart Poetteringac172e52017-07-11 19:17:58 +02001350 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
1351 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
1352 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
1353 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
1354 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
1355 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
1356 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
1357 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
1358 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
1359 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
1360 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
1361 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
1362 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
1363 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
1364 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
1365 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
Lennart Poettering184d2c12017-07-03 11:19:20 +02001366 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
1367 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
Lennart Poetteringac172e52017-07-11 19:17:58 +02001368 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
1369 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
1370 Георгиевски
Lennart Poettering4b4da292017-06-27 23:06:55 +02001371
Lennart Poetteringac172e52017-07-11 19:17:58 +02001372 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
Lennart Poettering4b4da292017-06-27 23:06:55 +02001373
Lennart Poetteringa2b53442017-03-01 17:21:29 +01001374CHANGES WITH 233:
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001375
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001376 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
1377 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
1378 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
1379 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
1380 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
1381 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
1382 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
1383 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
1384 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
1385
1386 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
1387 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
1388 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
1389 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
1390 default selected on the configure command line
1391 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
1392 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
1393 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
1394 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
1395 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
1396 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
1397 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
1398 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
1399 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
1400 greatest stability and compatibility only.
1401
1402 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
1403 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
1404 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
1405 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
1406 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
1407 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
1408 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
1409 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
1410 further details about this.)
1411
Mike Gilbertfb7c4ef2016-12-30 08:52:36 -05001412 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
1413 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
1414 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
1415
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001416 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
1417 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
1418
Lennart Poetteringd60c5272017-03-01 22:43:06 +01001419 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4dfe64f2017-03-01 16:29:38 -05001420 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
1421 with 'make install-tests'.
1422
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001423 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
1424 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
1425 kernel.
1426
1427 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
1428 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
1429 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
1430 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
1431 by the Slice= option.
1432
Lennart Poettering5cfc0a82016-12-12 13:40:58 +01001433 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
1434 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
1435 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
1436 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
1437
Franck Bui2bcc3302016-11-13 09:32:52 +01001438 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
1439 following choices:
1440
Franck Buib0eb2942016-11-15 09:29:04 +01001441 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
Franck Buidd6f9ac2016-11-12 15:08:29 +01001442 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
Franck Bui2bcc3302016-11-13 09:32:52 +01001443 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
Franck Buid172b172016-11-07 17:14:59 +01001444 (h)elp
Franck Buieedf2232016-11-12 14:55:12 +01001445 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
Franck Bui56fde332016-11-13 16:28:04 +01001446 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
Franck Bui2bcc3302016-11-13 09:32:52 +01001447 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
1448 (y)es, execute the command
1449
1450 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
1451 because its meaning was confusing.
1452
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001453 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
1454 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
1455
Jouke Witteveen8e458bf2016-11-28 18:54:37 +01001456 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
1457 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
1458 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
1459
Lennart Poettering85266f92017-02-21 21:00:09 +01001460 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
1461 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
1462 state directly, without executing these commands.
1463
Martin Pittbaf32782017-02-21 15:41:44 +01001464 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
1465 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001466 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
Dmitry Rozhkovfa8b4492017-01-18 17:27:40 +02001467
Lennart Poettering631b6762016-11-24 18:47:48 +01001468 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
1469 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
1470 combination with After=) have been started.
1471
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001472 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
1473 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001474 setting, and which system calls they contain.
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001475
1476 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001477 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001478 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001479 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001480 configuration related calls.
1481
1482 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
1483 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
1484 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001485 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
1486 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
1487 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
1488 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001489
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001490 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
1491 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001492
1493 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
1494 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
1495 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
1496
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001497 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
1498 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
1499
1500 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
1501 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
1502 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
1503 for compatibility.
1504
1505 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
1506 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
1507
1508 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
1509 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
1510
1511 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
1512 support for negative matching.
1513
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001514 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
1515
1516 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
1517 permitted runtime of the mount command.
1518
1519 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
1520 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
1521 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
1522 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
1523 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
1524 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
1525 removed from the drive.
1526
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001527 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
1528 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001529
1530 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
1531 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
1532
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001533 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
1534 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
1535 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001536
1537 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
1538 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
1539 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
1540 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
Martin Pittbaf32782017-02-21 15:41:44 +01001541 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
1542 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
1543 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001544
1545 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
1546 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
1547 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001548 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001549 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
1550 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
1551
1552 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
1553 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
1554
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001555 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
1556 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001557 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
Martin Pittbaf32782017-02-21 15:41:44 +01001558 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001559 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
1560 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
1561 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
1562 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
1563
1564 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
1565 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
1566 including all control processes.
1567
1568 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
1569 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
1570 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
1571
1572 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
1573 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
1574 prefixing the source path with "+".
1575
1576 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
1577 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
1578 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
1579 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
1580 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
1581 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlayed
1582 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
1583 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
1584
Martin Pittbaf32782017-02-21 15:41:44 +01001585 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
1586 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
1587 before).
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001588
1589 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
1590 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
1591 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
1592 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
1593 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
1594 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
1595 the new --root-hash= command line option).
1596
1597 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
1598 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
1599 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
1600 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
1601 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
1602 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
1603 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
Thomas H. P. Andersen3b31c462017-02-25 15:19:26 +01001604 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001605 versions.
1606
1607 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
Martin Pittbaf32782017-02-21 15:41:44 +01001608 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001609 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
1610 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
1611 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
1612 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
1613 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
1614 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
1615 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
1616 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
1617 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
1618 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
1619 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
1620 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
1621 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
1622 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
1623 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
1624 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
1625 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
1626 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
1627 a Verity-enabled root partition.
1628
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001629 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
1630 accelerometer quirks.
1631
1632 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
1633 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
1634 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
1635 ID of each service.
1636
1637 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
1638 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
1639 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
1640 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
1641 view.
1642
1643 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
1644 environment variables:
1645
Lennart Poetteringf09eb762018-02-26 11:48:46 +01001646 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/doc/ENVIRONMENT.md
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001647
1648 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
1649 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
1650 address.
1651
1652 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
1653 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
1654 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
1655
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001656 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001657 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
1658 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
1659 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
1660 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001661 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001662 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
1663 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001664 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
1665 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
1666 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
1667 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001668 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001669
1670 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
1671 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
1672 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
1673
1674 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
1675 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
1676
1677 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
1678 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
1679 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
1680 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001681 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001682
1683 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
1684 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
1685 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
1686
1687 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
1688 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
1689
1690 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
1691 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
1692 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
1693 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
1694
1695 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
1696 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
1697 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
1698 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
1699 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
1700 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
1701 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
1702 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
1703 possibly even including full integrity data.
1704
1705 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
Martin Pittbaf32782017-02-21 15:41:44 +01001706 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001707 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
1708 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
1709 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
1710
1711 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
1712 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
1713 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
1714 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
1715 directly with systemd-nspawn.
1716
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001717 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001718 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001719 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
1720 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
1721
Lucas Werkmeisterc1ec34d2017-03-02 01:08:32 +01001722 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001723 of coredumps in reverse order.
1724
Lennart Poetteringa2b53442017-03-01 17:21:29 +01001725 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
1726 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
1727 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
1728 additional informational message in its output.
1729
1730 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
1731 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
1732 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
1733
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001734 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
1735 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
1736 scripting languages such as Python.
1737
1738 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
1739 namespacing is enabled for them.
1740
1741 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
1742 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
1743 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
1744 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
1745 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
1746 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
1747
1748 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
1749 root key (KSK).
1750
Lennart Poetteringa2b53442017-03-01 17:21:29 +01001751 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
1752 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
1753 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
1754
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001755 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
1756 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
1757 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
1758 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
1759 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
1760 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
1761 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
1762 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
1763 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
Lennart Poetteringa2b53442017-03-01 17:21:29 +01001764 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
1765 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
1766 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
1767 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
1768 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
1769 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
1770 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
1771 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
1772 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
1773 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
1774 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
1775 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
1776 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
1777 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
1778 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
1779 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
1780 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
1781 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
1782 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
1783 Тихонов
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001784
Lennart Poetteringa2b53442017-03-01 17:21:29 +01001785 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001786
Lennart Poettering54b24592016-11-03 08:56:26 -06001787CHANGES WITH 232:
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek76153ad2016-07-26 02:19:33 -04001788
Lennart Poettering05f426d2017-02-22 01:36:12 +01001789 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
1790 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
1791 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
1792 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
1793 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
1794 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
1795
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001796 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
1797 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
1798
Djalal Harouni6fa44112016-10-21 13:25:23 +02001799 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
Lennart Poettering4c379702016-10-24 20:06:03 +02001800 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
1801 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
Djalal Harouni6fa44112016-10-21 13:25:23 +02001802
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4a77c532016-10-02 14:51:49 +02001803 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
1804 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
1805 to be remounted read-only for a service.
1806
Djalal Harounie49e2c22016-10-22 00:43:36 +02001807 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4a77c532016-10-02 14:51:49 +02001808 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
1809 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
1810 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
1811
Djalal Harouni6fa44112016-10-21 13:25:23 +02001812 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4a77c532016-10-02 14:51:49 +02001813 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
1814
1815 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
1816 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
1817 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
1818
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001819 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
1820 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
1821 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
1822 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
1823 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
1824 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
1825 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4a77c532016-10-02 14:51:49 +02001826 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
1827 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
1828 permanent modifications to the system.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001829
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02001830 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001831 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02001832 container or chroot environments.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001833
1834 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02001835 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
1836 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
1837 mapped to nobody.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001838
1839 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
1840 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
1841 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
1842 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
1843
1844 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
1845 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
1846
1847 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
1848 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
1849 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
1850 and the support is provisional.
1851
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02001852 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
1853 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
1854 unit files in the file system).
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001855
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02001856 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
1857 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
1858 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
1859 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
1860 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
1861 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
1862 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
1863 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
1864 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
1865 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
1866 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
1867 state is fixed automatically.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001868
1869 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
1870 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
1871 option.
1872
1873 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
1874 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
1875 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
1876 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
1877 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
1878 else.
1879
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02001880 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
1881 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
1882 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
1883 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
1884 bootable on physical systems.
1885
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4a77c532016-10-02 14:51:49 +02001886 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001887
1888 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
1889 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
1890 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
1891 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
1892 used.
1893
1894 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
Thomas H. P. Andersend4c08292016-10-04 20:41:46 +02001895 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001896 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
1897 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
1898
Elias Probst05ecf462016-10-04 14:37:28 +02001899 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001900
Thomas H. P. Andersend4c08292016-10-04 20:41:46 +02001901 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001902 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
1903 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
1904 of the container).
1905
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02001906 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001907 files from the specified location.
1908
1909 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
1910 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
1911 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
1912 be active.
1913
1914 * The hardware database has been extended to support
1915 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
1916 trackball devices.
1917
1918 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
1919 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
1920 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
1921
1922 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02001923 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
1924 specified service binary exited.)
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001925
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02001926 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4a77c532016-10-02 14:51:49 +02001927 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
1928
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02001929 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001930 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02001931 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
1932 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
1933 --since= and --until= options.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001934
1935 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
1936 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
1937 are automatically propagated to the container.
1938
1939 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02001940 from a single IP address can be limited with
1941 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
1942 MaxConnections=.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001943
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4a77c532016-10-02 14:51:49 +02001944 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
1945 configuration.
1946
1947 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
1948 drop-ins.
1949
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001950 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
1951 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
1952 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
1953 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
1954 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
1955 [Link] section of .link files.
1956
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02001957 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
1958 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
1959 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
1960 section of .netdev files.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001961
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02001962 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4a77c532016-10-02 14:51:49 +02001963 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
1964 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
1965
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02001966 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001967 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
1968 .network files.
1969
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02001970 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
1971 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
1972 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
1973 service runtime cycle.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001974
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4a77c532016-10-02 14:51:49 +02001975 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
Lucas Werkmeister1f4f4cf2016-10-04 15:53:16 +02001976 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4a77c532016-10-02 14:51:49 +02001977 has been traditionally doing.
1978
1979 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
1980 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
1981 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
1982 prevent any later plugins from running.
1983
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek76153ad2016-07-26 02:19:33 -04001984 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
Thomas H. P. Andersend4c08292016-10-04 20:41:46 +02001985 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek76153ad2016-07-26 02:19:33 -04001986 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
1987 default of SplitMode=uid.
1988
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4a77c532016-10-02 14:51:49 +02001989 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
1990 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
1991 useful.
1992
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04001993 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
1994 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
1995 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
1996 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
1997 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
1998 individual namespaces.
1999
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02002000 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
2001 the output, as well as OS release information.
2002
2003 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
2004
2005 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
2006 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
2007 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
2008 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
2009 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
2010
2011 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
Michael Bieblbc99dac2018-06-12 15:41:38 +02002012 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02002013 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
2014 severed.
2015
2016 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
2017 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
2018 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
2019 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
2020 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
2021 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
2022 information about exit statuses and results.
2023
Lennart Poettering4c379702016-10-24 20:06:03 +02002024 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
2025 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
2026 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
2027 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
2028 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
2029 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
2030
2031 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
2032
2033 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
2034 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
2035 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
2036 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
2037 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
2038 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
2039 entirely.
2040
2041 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
2042 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
2043 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
2044
2045 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
2046 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
2047 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
2048 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
2049 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
2050 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
2051 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
2052 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
2053 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
2054 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
2055 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
2056 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
2057 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
2058 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
2059 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
2060 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
2061 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
2062
2063 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
2064 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
2065 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
2066 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
2067
2068 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
2069 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
2070 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
2071 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
2072
2073 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
2074 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
2075 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
2076 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
2077 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
2078 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
2079 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
2080 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
2081 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
2082 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
2083 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
2084 fragment entirely.)
2085
2086 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
2087 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
2088 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
2089
2090 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
2091 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
2092 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
2093 FileDescriptorName= setting.
2094
2095 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
2096 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
2097 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
2098 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
2099 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
2100 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
2101
2102 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
2103 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
2104
Lennart Poetteringb4eed562016-11-02 16:02:12 -06002105 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
2106 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
2107
2108 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
2109 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
2110 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
2111 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
2112 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
2113
Lennart Poettering07393b62016-11-02 15:52:57 -06002114 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
2115 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
2116 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
2117 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
2118 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
2119 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
2120 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
2121 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
2122 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
2123 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
2124 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
2125 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
2126 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
2127 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
2128 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
2129 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
2130 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
2131 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
2132 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
2133 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
2134 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
2135 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
2136 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
2137 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
2138 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
2139 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
2140
Lennart Poettering54b24592016-11-03 08:56:26 -06002141 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
Lennart Poettering07393b62016-11-02 15:52:57 -06002142
Martin Pitt5cd118b2016-06-22 13:22:47 +02002143CHANGES WITH 231:
2144
Lennart Poetteringfcd30822016-07-22 20:18:34 +02002145 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
2146 with an additional special character as first argument of the
Lennart Poettering43eb1092016-07-25 16:53:33 +02002147 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
Lennart Poetteringfcd30822016-07-22 20:18:34 +02002148 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
2149 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
2150 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
2151 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
2152 independently.
2153
2154 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
2155 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
2156
2157 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
2158 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
2159 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
2160 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek771de3f2016-07-22 21:40:46 -04002161 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
Lennart Poetteringfcd30822016-07-22 20:18:34 +02002162 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
2163 values.
2164
2165 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
2166 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
2167 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
2168 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
2169 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
2170
2171 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
2172 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
2173 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
2174 7:10am every day.
2175
2176 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
2177 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
2178 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
2179 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
2180 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
2181 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
2182 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
2183 available for compatibility.
2184
2185 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
2186 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
2187 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
2188 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
2189 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
2190 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
2191
2192 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
2193 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
2194 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
2195 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
2196 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
2197 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
2198 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
2199 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
2200 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
2201
2202 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
2203 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
2204 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
2205 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
Martin Pitt5cd118b2016-06-22 13:22:47 +02002206 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
2207 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
2208 desired options.
2209
Lennart Poetteringfcd30822016-07-22 20:18:34 +02002210 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
2211 cgroupsv2.
Martin Pittceeddf72016-06-24 07:54:28 +02002212
Lennart Poetteringfcd30822016-07-22 20:18:34 +02002213 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
2214 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
2215 limited to subgroups of that group.
2216
2217 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
2218 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
2219 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek771de3f2016-07-22 21:40:46 -04002220 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
Lennart Poetteringfcd30822016-07-22 20:18:34 +02002221 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
2222 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
2223 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
2224 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
2225
2226 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
2227 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
2228 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
2229 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
2230 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
2231 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
2232 own long-running services.
2233
2234 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
2235 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
2236 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
2237 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
2238
2239 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
2240 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
2241 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
2242 propagates this notification further to the service manager
2243 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
2244 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
2245 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
2246 primitives.
2247
2248 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
2249 "terminate".
2250
2251 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
2252 link-local IPv6 addresses.
2253
2254 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
2255 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
2256 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
2257 --flush-caches".
2258
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek771de3f2016-07-22 21:40:46 -04002259 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
Lennart Poetteringfcd30822016-07-22 20:18:34 +02002260 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
2261 is shown.
2262
2263 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
2264 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
2265 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek771de3f2016-07-22 21:40:46 -04002266 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
Lennart Poetteringfcd30822016-07-22 20:18:34 +02002267 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
2268 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
2269
2270 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
2271 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
2272 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
2273 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
2274 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
2275 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
2276 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
2277 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
2278 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
2279 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
2280 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
2281 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
2282 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
2283 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
2284 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
2285 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
2286 bus API instead.
2287
2288 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
2289 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
2290 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
2291 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
2292
2293 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
2294 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
2295 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
2296 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
2297
2298 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
2299 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
2300 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
2301
2302 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
2303 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
2304
2305 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
2306 interface configuration.
2307
2308 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
2309 specifying the --force switch.
2310
2311 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
2312 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
2313 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
2314
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek43a569a2016-07-23 04:11:30 -04002315 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
2316 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
2317 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
2318 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02002319 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek43a569a2016-07-23 04:11:30 -04002320 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
2321 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
2322 to be handled.
2323
2324 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
2325 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
2326
2327 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
2328 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
2329
2330 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
2331 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
2332 of persistent symlinks for that device.
2333
Lennart Poettering0f1da522016-07-25 15:27:10 +02002334 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
2335 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
2336
2337 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
2338 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
2339 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
2340 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
2341 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
2342 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
Yu Watanabeead6bd22018-05-30 01:07:37 +09002343 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1ecbf322016-07-25 10:34:56 -04002344 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
2345 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
2346 library.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek43a569a2016-07-23 04:11:30 -04002347
Lennart Poetteringfcd30822016-07-22 20:18:34 +02002348 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
2349 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
2350 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
2351 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
2352 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
2353 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02002354 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
Lennart Poetteringfcd30822016-07-22 20:18:34 +02002355 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
2356 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
Lennart Poetteringf09eb762018-02-26 11:48:46 +01002357 doc/HACKING for details.
Lennart Poetteringfcd30822016-07-22 20:18:34 +02002358
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04002359 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
2360 distribution's bugtracker.
2361
Lennart Poettering38b383d2016-07-25 21:49:47 +02002362 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
2363 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
2364 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
2365 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
2366 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
2367 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
2368 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
2369 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
2370 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
2371 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
2372 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
2373 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
2374 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
2375 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
2376 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
2377 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek771de3f2016-07-22 21:40:46 -04002378 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
2379 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
Lennart Poettering38b383d2016-07-25 21:49:47 +02002380 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Martin Pitt5cd118b2016-06-22 13:22:47 +02002381
Lennart Poettering38b383d2016-07-25 21:49:47 +02002382 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
Martin Pitt5cd118b2016-06-22 13:22:47 +02002383
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek46e40fa2016-05-21 17:51:13 -04002384CHANGES WITH 230:
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek7f6e8042016-02-11 22:11:33 -05002385
Lennart Poettering61ecb462016-02-15 18:40:02 +01002386 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
2387 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
2388 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
2389 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
2390 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
2391 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
2392 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
2393 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
2394 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
Torstein Husebø96d49012016-02-08 13:27:22 +01002395 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
Lennart Poettering61ecb462016-02-15 18:40:02 +01002396 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
2397 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
2398 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
2399 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
2400 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002401 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
2402 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
2403 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
2404 applications.)
Lennart Poettering61ecb462016-02-15 18:40:02 +01002405
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek96515db2016-04-03 13:16:06 -04002406 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002407 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke75690c2016-05-19 00:11:20 -04002408 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek96515db2016-04-03 13:16:06 -04002409
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek97e55302016-04-09 20:40:45 -04002410 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
2411 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
Thomas H. P. Andersen977f2be2016-05-07 23:52:31 +02002412 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002413 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
2414 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
2415 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
2416 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek97e55302016-04-09 20:40:45 -04002417
2418 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
2419 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
2420 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002421 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek8951eae2016-05-07 11:43:39 -04002422 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002423 command works for tmux.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek97e55302016-04-09 20:40:45 -04002424
2425 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
2426 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
2427 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek152199f2016-04-12 22:52:28 -04002428 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
2429 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
2430 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek7f6e8042016-02-11 22:11:33 -05002431
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek95365a52016-04-11 22:51:31 -04002432 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002433 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeked5f8842016-02-10 09:09:36 -05002434
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke75690c2016-05-19 00:11:20 -04002435 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
2436 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
Thomas H. P. Andersen188d3082016-05-20 15:04:01 +02002437 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke75690c2016-05-19 00:11:20 -04002438
2439 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
2440
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek96515db2016-04-03 13:16:06 -04002441 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002442 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
Lennart Poettering25b0e6c2016-05-16 22:18:39 +02002443 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
2444 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
2445 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002446
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek96515db2016-04-03 13:16:06 -04002447 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
2448 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
2449 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002450 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek96515db2016-04-03 13:16:06 -04002451
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002452 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
2453 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek8951eae2016-05-07 11:43:39 -04002454 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
2455 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002456 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
2457 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek96515db2016-04-03 13:16:06 -04002458
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002459 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
2460 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke75690c2016-05-19 00:11:20 -04002461 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
2462
2463 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
2464 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
2465 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
2466 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
2467 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
2468 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
2469
2470 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
2471 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
2472 address.
2473
2474 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
2475 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
2476 should be emitted.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek96515db2016-04-03 13:16:06 -04002477
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002478 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek97e55302016-04-09 20:40:45 -04002479 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
2480 supported.
2481
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002482 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
2483 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
2484 logging performance.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek96515db2016-04-03 13:16:06 -04002485
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke75690c2016-05-19 00:11:20 -04002486 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
2487 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
2488 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
2489 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
2490 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
2491 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
2492
2493 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
2494 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
2495 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
2496 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
2497
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002498 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
2499 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek96515db2016-04-03 13:16:06 -04002500
2501 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
2502 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
2503 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
2504
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke75690c2016-05-19 00:11:20 -04002505 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek96515db2016-04-03 13:16:06 -04002506
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002507 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
2508 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek8951eae2016-05-07 11:43:39 -04002509 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
2510 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002511
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke75690c2016-05-19 00:11:20 -04002512 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
2513 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
2514 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
2515 refuse to operate on such files.
2516
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002517 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
2518 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
2519 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
2520
2521 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
2522 just hidden container images.
2523
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002524 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
2525 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
2526
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002527 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
2528 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
2529 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
2530 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek24597ee2016-10-20 23:03:26 -04002531 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
2532 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
2533 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
2534 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
2535 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
2536 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
2537 been changed to use this functionality by default.
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002538
Lennart Poettering25b0e6c2016-05-16 22:18:39 +02002539 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
2540 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
2541 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
2542 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
2543 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
2544 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
2545 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
2546 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
2547 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
2548 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
2549 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
2550 terminates.
2551
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002552 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek8951eae2016-05-07 11:43:39 -04002553 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
2554 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
2555 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002556
Daniele Medri030bd832016-05-07 05:00:12 +02002557 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002558 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
2559 rate of the socket unit.
2560
2561 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
2562 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
2563 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
2564 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
2565 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
2566
Lennart Poettering999a43f2016-05-16 23:07:08 +02002567 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
2568 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
2569 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
Thomas H. P. Andersen188d3082016-05-20 15:04:01 +02002570 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
Lennart Poettering999a43f2016-05-16 23:07:08 +02002571 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
2572 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
2573 with this.
2574
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke75690c2016-05-19 00:11:20 -04002575 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
2576 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
Clemens Gruber77ff6022016-05-18 01:34:25 +02002577
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke75690c2016-05-19 00:11:20 -04002578 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
2579 merged into the kernel in its current form.
2580
2581 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
2582 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
2583 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
2584 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
2585 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
2586
2587 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
2588 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
2589 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
2590
Dave Reisner4f9020f2016-05-23 10:31:47 +02002591 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
2592 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
2593 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
2594 target is now included in early userspace.
2595
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke75690c2016-05-19 00:11:20 -04002596 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
2597 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
2598 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
2599 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
2600 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
2601 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
2602 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
2603 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
Clemens Gruber77ff6022016-05-18 01:34:25 +02002604 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
2605 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke75690c2016-05-19 00:11:20 -04002606 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
2607 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
2608 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
Clemens Gruber77ff6022016-05-18 01:34:25 +02002609 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
2610 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
2611 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke75690c2016-05-19 00:11:20 -04002612 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
2613 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
2614 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
2615 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
2616 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
2617 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek46e40fa2016-05-21 17:51:13 -04002618 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
2619 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
2620 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
2621 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002622
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek46e40fa2016-05-21 17:51:13 -04002623 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek96515db2016-04-03 13:16:06 -04002624
Martin Pitt61f32bf2016-02-01 12:09:34 +01002625CHANGES WITH 229:
2626
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01002627 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
2628 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
2629 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeked5f8842016-02-10 09:09:36 -05002630 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
2631 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
2632 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
2633 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
2634 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
2635 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
2636 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
2637 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
2638 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
2639 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01002640
2641 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeked5f8842016-02-10 09:09:36 -05002642 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
2643 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
2644 /usr/bin.
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01002645
2646 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
2647 devices.
2648
Lennart Poetteringa7c723c2016-02-10 16:34:11 +01002649 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
2650 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
2651 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
2652 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
2653 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
2654 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
2655 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
2656 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
2657 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
2658 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
2659 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
2660 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
2661 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
2662 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
2663 this limit.
2664
2665 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
2666 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
2667 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
2668 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
2669 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
2670 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
2671 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
2672 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
2673
2674 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
2675 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
2676 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
2677 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
2678 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
2679 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
2680 and group at package installation time.
2681
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01002682 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
2683 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
2684 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
2685 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
2686 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
2687
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +01002688 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
2689 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01002690 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
2691 supports it.
2692
2693 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
2694 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
2695
2696 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
2697 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
2698 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
2699 file is already initialized.
2700
2701 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
2702 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeked5f8842016-02-10 09:09:36 -05002703 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
2704 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
2705 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
2706 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
2707 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
2708 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01002709 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
2710
2711 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
2712 working directory for the process started in the container.
2713
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeked5f8842016-02-10 09:09:36 -05002714 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
2715 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
2716 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
2717 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
2718 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01002719
2720 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
2721 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
2722 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
2723
2724 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
2725 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
2726 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
2727 sd_journal_restart_fields().
2728
2729 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +01002730 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
2731 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
2732 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
2733 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01002734
2735 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +01002736 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
2737 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
2738 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01002739
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +01002740 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
2741 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
2742 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01002743 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
2744 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
2745 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
2746 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
2747 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeked5f8842016-02-10 09:09:36 -05002748 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01002749 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
2750 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
2751 by PID 1.
2752
Daniel Mack50f48ad2016-02-10 15:44:01 +01002753 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
2754 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
2755 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
2756 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
2757 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
2758 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
2759 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
2760 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
2761
2762 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
2763
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01002764 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +01002765 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01002766 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
2767
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +01002768 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
2769 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
2770 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01002771 recent kernels.
2772
2773 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
2774 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
2775
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +01002776 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeked5f8842016-02-10 09:09:36 -05002777 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
2778 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
2779 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
2780 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
2781 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
2782 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
2783 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
2784 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
2785 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +01002786 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeked5f8842016-02-10 09:09:36 -05002787 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
2788 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01002789
2790 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +01002791 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
2792 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
2793 clusters or larger setups.
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01002794
2795 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
2796
2797 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
2798 sockets.
2799
2800 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
2801
2802 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
2803 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
2804 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
2805 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
2806 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
2807 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
2808
2809 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
2810 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
2811 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
2812
2813 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
2814 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
Martin Pitt61f32bf2016-02-01 12:09:34 +01002815 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
2816 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01002817
2818 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
Martin Pitt61f32bf2016-02-01 12:09:34 +01002819
Lennart Poetteringdd95b382018-01-04 13:52:50 +01002820 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
2821 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
2822 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
2823 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
2824 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
2825 maintain compatibility.
2826
Lennart Poettering3545ab32016-02-11 13:02:35 +01002827 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
2828 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
2829 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
2830 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
2831 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
2832 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
2833 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
2834 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
2835 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
2836 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
2837 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
2838 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
2839 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
2840 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
2841 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
2842 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
2843 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2844 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
2845 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Martin Pitt61f32bf2016-02-01 12:09:34 +01002846
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04002847 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
Martin Pitt61f32bf2016-02-01 12:09:34 +01002848
Lennart Poetteringa11c7ea2015-11-12 13:40:21 +01002849CHANGES WITH 228:
2850
Lennart Poetteringa11c7ea2015-11-12 13:40:21 +01002851 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
2852 files are now also available as properties to set when
2853 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
2854 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
2855 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
2856 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
2857 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
2858 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
2859 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
2860
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +01002861 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
2862 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
2863 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
Lennart Poetteringa11c7ea2015-11-12 13:40:21 +01002864
Lennart Poetteringf1f8a5a2015-11-17 01:31:42 +01002865 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
2866 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
2867 created transiently.
2868
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +01002869 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
2870 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
2871 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
2872 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
2873 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen815bb5b2015-11-15 17:30:33 +01002874 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +01002875 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
2876 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
2877
2878 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
2879 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
2880 disk and sync the files, before returning.
2881
2882 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
2883 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
2884 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
2885 enabled.
2886
Lennart Poetteringf1f8a5a2015-11-17 01:31:42 +01002887 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
2888 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
2889 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
2890 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
2891 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
2892 subvolumes.
2893
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +01002894 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
2895 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
2896
2897 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
2898 individual indexes.
2899
2900 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
2901 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
2902 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
2903 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
2904 suffixes now.
2905
Lennart Poetteringf1f8a5a2015-11-17 01:31:42 +01002906 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
2907 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
2908 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
2909 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
2910 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
2911 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
2912 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
2913 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
2914 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
2915 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
2916 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
2917 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
2918 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
2919 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
2920 number of processes or tasks each user may own
2921 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
2922 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
2923 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
2924 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
2925 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
2926 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
2927
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +01002928 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
2929 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
2930 links between the host and the container.
2931
2932 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
2933 added that allows importing select environment variables
2934 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
2935 the service.
2936
Lennart Poetteringddb4b0d2015-11-18 12:17:57 +01002937 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
Michael Biebl595bfe72016-07-12 12:52:11 +02002938 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
Lennart Poetteringddb4b0d2015-11-18 12:17:57 +01002939 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
2940 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
2941 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
2942 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
2943 than until they first elapse.
2944
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +01002945 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
2946 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
2947 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
2948 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
2949 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
2950 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
2951 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
2952 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
Lennart Poetteringa11c7ea2015-11-12 13:40:21 +01002953
2954 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
2955 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
2956 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
2957 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
2958 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
2959 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
2960 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen815bb5b2015-11-15 17:30:33 +01002961 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
Lennart Poetteringa11c7ea2015-11-12 13:40:21 +01002962 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
2963 journal and in coredump handling.
2964
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +01002965 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
2966 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
2967 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen815bb5b2015-11-15 17:30:33 +01002968 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +01002969 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
2970 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
2971 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
2972 software you package still references it, as this is a
2973 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
2974 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
Lennart Poetteringa11c7ea2015-11-12 13:40:21 +01002975
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +01002976 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
Lennart Poetteringa11c7ea2015-11-12 13:40:21 +01002977
Lennart Poetteringd5bd92b2016-04-08 19:13:43 +02002978 Note that only util-linux versions built with
2979 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
2980
Lennart Poetteringa11c7ea2015-11-12 13:40:21 +01002981 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
2982 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
2983 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
2984
Lennart Poetteringb9e2f7e2015-11-13 14:59:25 +01002985 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
2986 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
2987 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
2988 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
2989 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
2990 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
2991 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
2992 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
2993 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
2994 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
2995 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
2996 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
2997 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
2998 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
2999 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
3000 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
3001
3002 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
3003 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
3004 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
3005 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
3006 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
3007 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
3008 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
3009 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
3010 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
3011 surprises.
3012
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +01003013 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
3014 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
3015 to the various user database fields of the user that the
3016 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
3017 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
3018 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
3019 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
3020 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
3021 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
3022 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
3023 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02003024 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +01003025 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
3026 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
3027 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
3028 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
3029 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
3030 of PID 1 is the root user).
3031
3032 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
3033 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
3034 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
Lennart Poetteringf1f8a5a2015-11-17 01:31:42 +01003035 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
3036 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
3037 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
3038 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
3039 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
3040 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
3041 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
3042 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
3043 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
3044 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
3045 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
3046 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +01003047
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04003048 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
Lennart Poetteringa11c7ea2015-11-12 13:40:21 +01003049
Daniel Mackc97e5862015-09-22 13:30:12 +02003050CHANGES WITH 227:
3051
3052 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
3053 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
3054 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
3055
3056 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
3057 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
3058 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
3059 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
3060 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
3061 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
3062
Lennart Poetteringd046fb92015-10-06 12:33:25 +02003063 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
3064 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
Daniel Mackc97e5862015-09-22 13:30:12 +02003065 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
3066 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek6fd55172015-09-30 11:48:33 -04003067 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
Daniel Mackc97e5862015-09-22 13:30:12 +02003068
3069 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
Lennart Poetteringfe08a302015-09-30 23:35:10 +02003070 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
3071 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
3072 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
3073 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
3074 packets on unestablished sockets.
Daniel Mackc97e5862015-09-22 13:30:12 +02003075
3076 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek6fd55172015-09-30 11:48:33 -04003077 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
Daniel Mackc97e5862015-09-22 13:30:12 +02003078 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
3079 automatically.
3080
Daniel Mack21d86c62015-09-30 12:40:44 +02003081 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
3082 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
3083 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
3084
3085 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
3086 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
3087 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
3088 for disk IO.
3089
3090 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
3091 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
3092 removed.
3093
Lennart Poetteringd046fb92015-10-06 12:33:25 +02003094 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
3095 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
3096 directory is set to the home directory of the user
3097 configured in User=.
Daniel Mack21d86c62015-09-30 12:40:44 +02003098
Lennart Poetteringfe08a302015-09-30 23:35:10 +02003099 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
3100 directory of the selected user by default.
3101
Daniel Mack21d86c62015-09-30 12:40:44 +02003102 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
Lennart Poetteringd046fb92015-10-06 12:33:25 +02003103 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
3104 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
3105 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
3106 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
3107 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
3108 compat reasons.
Daniel Mack21d86c62015-09-30 12:40:44 +02003109
Lennart Poetteringfe08a302015-09-30 23:35:10 +02003110 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
Daniel Mack8b5f9d12015-10-01 13:28:09 +02003111 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
Lennart Poetteringfe08a302015-09-30 23:35:10 +02003112 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
3113 units.
3114
3115 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
3116 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
3117 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
3118 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
3119 level.
3120
3121 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
3122 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
3123 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
3124 namespaces work correctly.
3125
3126 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
3127 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
3128 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
Michael Biebl595bfe72016-07-12 12:52:11 +02003129 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
Lennart Poetteringfe08a302015-09-30 23:35:10 +02003130 activation.
3131
3132 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
3133 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
3134 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
3135 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
3136 system instance in a container.
3137
3138 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
3139 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
3140 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
3141 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
3142 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
3143 connections.
3144
3145 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
3146 show the control groups within a certain container only.
3147
3148 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
3149 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
3150 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
3151 processes attached, or similar.
3152
Daniel Mackbdba9222015-10-07 15:55:10 +02003153 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
3154 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
3155 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
3156
3157 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
3158 specifiers like %i or %f.
3159
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02003160 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
Lennart Poetteringfe08a302015-09-30 23:35:10 +02003161 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
3162 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
3163 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
3164
Daniel Mackbdba9222015-10-07 15:55:10 +02003165 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
3166 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
Jan Engelhardta8eaaee2014-08-03 07:11:37 +02003167 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
Daniel Mackbdba9222015-10-07 15:55:10 +02003168 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
3169 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
3170 descriptors using sd_notify().
Lennart Poetteringfe08a302015-09-30 23:35:10 +02003171
Lennart Poetteringd046fb92015-10-06 12:33:25 +02003172 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
3173
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek00535982016-05-28 11:50:37 -04003174 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
Tom Gundersenedf41262015-10-06 11:54:14 +02003175 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
Lennart Poetteringd046fb92015-10-06 12:33:25 +02003176
3177 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
3178 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
3179
3180 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
Tom Gundersenedf41262015-10-06 11:54:14 +02003181 .network files.
Lennart Poetteringfe08a302015-09-30 23:35:10 +02003182
Daniel Mackbdba9222015-10-07 15:55:10 +02003183 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
3184 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
3185 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
3186 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
3187 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
3188 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
3189 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
3190 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
3191 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
3192 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
3193 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
3194 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
3195 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
3196 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
3197 gdm-autologin is used.
Lennart Poetteringfe08a302015-09-30 23:35:10 +02003198
3199 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
3200 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
3201 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
3202 next to the image file.
Daniel Mackc97e5862015-09-22 13:30:12 +02003203
Lennart Poettering91d0d692015-10-01 16:24:04 +02003204 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
3205 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
3206 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
3207 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
3208
3209 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
3210 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
3211 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
3212 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
3213 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
3214 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
3215
Lennart Poetteringd046fb92015-10-06 12:33:25 +02003216 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
3217 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
3218 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
3219 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
Torstein Husebø6dd6a9c2016-05-12 11:23:35 +02003220 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
Lennart Poetteringd046fb92015-10-06 12:33:25 +02003221 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
3222 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
3223 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
3224 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
3225 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
3226 number of files in place.
Tom Gundersenc48eb612015-10-06 12:11:44 +02003227
Daniel Mackbdba9222015-10-07 15:55:10 +02003228 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
3229 on kernels where that is supported.
Lennart Poetteringc30f0862015-10-07 15:45:04 +02003230
Daniel Machonefce0ff2015-10-05 11:15:16 +02003231 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
Daniel Mackc97e5862015-09-22 13:30:12 +02003232
Lennart Poettering61e67712015-10-07 15:48:58 +02003233 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
3234 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
3235 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
3236 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3237 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
3238 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
3239 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
3240 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
3241 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
3242 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
3243 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
3244 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
3245 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
3246 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
3247 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
3248 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
3249 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
3250 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
Daniel Mackc97e5862015-09-22 13:30:12 +02003251
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04003252 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
Daniel Mackc97e5862015-09-22 13:30:12 +02003253
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003254CHANGES WITH 226:
3255
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003256 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
3257 new features:
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003258
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003259 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
3260 information. It may be enabled and configured via
3261 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
3262 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
3263 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
3264 is any) is propagated.
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003265
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003266 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
3267 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
3268 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
3269 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
3270 information is enabled between host and containers by
3271 default now: the container will change its local timezone
3272 to what the host has set.
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003273
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003274 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
3275 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003276
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003277 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
3278 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
3279 information back, even if the server loses state.
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003280
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003281 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
3282 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
3283 PoolSize=.
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003284
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003285 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
3286 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
3287 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
3288 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003289
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003290 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
3291 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
3292 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
3293 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
3294 'dbus-daemon' systems.
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003295
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003296 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
3297 for virtio devices.
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003298
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003299 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
3300 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
3301 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
3302 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
3303 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
3304 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
3305 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
3306 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
Evgeny Vereshchagin856ca722016-06-03 12:17:00 +03003307 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003308 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
3309 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
3310 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
3311 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
3312 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
3313 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
3314 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
3315 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
3316 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
3317 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
3318 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
3319 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
3320 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
3321 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
3322 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
3323 grants them.
3324
3325 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
3326 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
3327 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
3328 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
3329 group tree.
3330
3331 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
3332 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
3333 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
3334 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
3335 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
3336 work correctly in containers now.
3337
3338 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
3339 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
3340
Daniel Mackc626bf12015-09-07 13:06:53 +02003341 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
3342 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003343 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
3344 function call is particularly useful when implementing
3345 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
3346
3347 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
3348 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
3349 signal events.
3350
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekd35f51e2018-07-16 12:44:24 +02003351 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
3352 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
3353 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
3354 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003355
Lennart Poettering47f5a382015-09-07 12:43:25 +02003356 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
3357 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
3358 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
3359 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
3360 nspawn command line.
3361
Lennart Poettering2f77dec2015-09-08 01:36:59 +02003362 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
3363 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
3364 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
3365 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
3366 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
3367 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
3368 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
David Herrmann23d08d12015-09-08 13:31:57 +02003369 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003370
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04003371 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003372
Daniel Mackec5249a2015-08-25 15:01:51 +02003373CHANGES WITH 225:
3374
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003375 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
3376 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
3377 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
3378 shell directly without prompting for username or
3379 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
3380 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
3381 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
3382 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
3383 the originating session.
Daniel Mackec5249a2015-08-25 15:01:51 +02003384
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003385 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
3386 options and allows other programs to query the values.
Daniel Mackec5249a2015-08-25 15:01:51 +02003387
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003388 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekd35f51e2018-07-16 12:44:24 +02003389 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
3390 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
3391 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
3392 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
3393 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
3394 probably not stabilize on this release.
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003395
3396 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
3397 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
3398 messages.
3399
3400 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
3401 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
3402 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
3403
3404 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
3405 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
3406
3407 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
3408 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
3409 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
3410 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
3411 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
3412 posteriori.
3413
3414 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
3415 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
3416
3417 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
3418 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
3419 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
3420 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
3421 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
3422 "lastlog" tools.
3423
3424 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
3425 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
3426 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
3427 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
3428 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
3429
3430 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
3431 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
3432 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
3433 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
3434 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
3435 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
3436 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
3437 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
3438 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
3439 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
3440 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
3441 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Daniel Mackec5249a2015-08-25 15:01:51 +02003442
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04003443 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
Daniel Mackec5249a2015-08-25 15:01:51 +02003444
David Herrmann11811e82015-07-31 18:10:52 +02003445CHANGES WITH 224:
3446
David Herrmann10fa4212015-07-31 18:21:19 +02003447 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
3448 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
3449
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003450 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
3451 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
3452 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
David Herrmann10fa4212015-07-31 18:21:19 +02003453
David Herrmann11811e82015-07-31 18:10:52 +02003454 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
3455 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
3456 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
3457
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04003458 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
David Herrmann11811e82015-07-31 18:10:52 +02003459
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +02003460CHANGES WITH 223:
3461
3462 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
3463 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
3464 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
3465 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
3466
Kay Sievers01608bc2015-07-27 18:20:54 +02003467 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +02003468 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
3469
3470 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
3471 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
3472
Daniel Mack931618d2015-07-27 19:09:22 +02003473 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +02003474
Daniel Mack931618d2015-07-27 19:09:22 +02003475 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
Daniel Mack37d54b92015-07-27 21:34:28 +02003476 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
Daniel Mack931618d2015-07-27 19:09:22 +02003477 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +02003478
Daniel Mack931618d2015-07-27 19:09:22 +02003479 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
3480 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
3481 decapsulated packet.
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +02003482
Daniel Mack931618d2015-07-27 19:09:22 +02003483 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
3484 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
3485 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
3486 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
3487 netlink attribute.
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +02003488
Daniel Mack931618d2015-07-27 19:09:22 +02003489 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
3490 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
3491 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
3492 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
3493
3494 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
3495 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
3496 according to RFC2460.
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +02003497
David Herrmannf5f113f2015-07-29 12:12:10 +02003498 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
3499 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
3500
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +02003501 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
Kay Sievers01608bc2015-07-27 18:20:54 +02003502 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +02003503 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
3504
3505 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
3506 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
3507 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
3508 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
3509 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
3510 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
3511
3512 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
David Herrmanne4e66992015-07-29 14:59:35 +02003513 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
3514 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
3515 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
3516 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
3517 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
3518 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
3519 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
3520 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
3521 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +02003522
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04003523 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +02003524
David Herrmann0db83ad2015-07-05 11:04:59 +02003525CHANGES WITH 222:
David Herrmann5541c882015-07-06 19:07:10 +02003526
Kay Sievers861b02e2015-07-05 16:02:13 +02003527 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
3528 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
3529 or should be used to work around such bugs.
3530
3531 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
3532 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
David Herrmann0db83ad2015-07-05 11:04:59 +02003533
3534 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
3535 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
3536 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
3537 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
3538 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
3539
David Herrmann5541c882015-07-06 19:07:10 +02003540 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
3541 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
3542 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
3543
Daniel Mack9b361112015-07-06 21:19:57 -04003544 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
3545 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
3546 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
3547 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
3548 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
3549
3550 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
3551
David Herrmann0db83ad2015-07-05 11:04:59 +02003552 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
3553 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
3554 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
3555 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
David Herrmann5541c882015-07-06 19:07:10 +02003556 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
3557 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
David Herrmann0db83ad2015-07-05 11:04:59 +02003558 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
3559 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
David Herrmann2d1ca112015-07-07 17:13:39 +02003560 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
3561 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
David Herrmann0db83ad2015-07-05 11:04:59 +02003562
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04003563 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
David Herrmann0db83ad2015-07-05 11:04:59 +02003564
Martin Pitt0f0467e2015-05-27 17:04:49 +02003565CHANGES WITH 221:
3566
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +02003567 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
Kay Sievers5f92d242015-06-18 00:25:17 +02003568 stable and have been added to the official interface of
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +02003569 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
3570 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
3571 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
3572 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
3573 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen0aee49d2015-06-18 17:10:59 +02003574 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +02003575 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
3576 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
Kay Sievers5f92d242015-06-18 00:25:17 +02003577 portable to other kernels.
Martin Pitt0f0467e2015-05-27 17:04:49 +02003578
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +02003579 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
3580 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
3581 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
Ronny Chevalierc6551462015-06-18 16:23:28 +02003582 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +02003583 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
3584 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
3585 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
3586 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen0aee49d2015-06-18 17:10:59 +02003587 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +02003588 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
3589 systemd enabled.
Martin Pitt0f0467e2015-05-27 17:04:49 +02003590
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +02003591 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
3592 2.26.
3593
3594 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen0aee49d2015-06-18 17:10:59 +02003595 favor of calling an abstraction tool
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +02003596 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
3597 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
3598 in README for details.
3599
3600 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
3601 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
3602 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
3603 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
3604 unit.
3605
3606 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
3607 into man pages.
3608
3609 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
3610 external project.
3611
3612 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen0aee49d2015-06-18 17:10:59 +02003613 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +02003614
3615 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
3616 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
3617 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
3618 state.
3619
3620 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
3621 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
3622 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
3623
3624 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
3625 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
3626 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
3627 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
3628 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
3629 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
3630 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
3631 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
3632 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
3633 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
3634 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
Lennart Poetteringb912e252015-06-19 01:12:28 +02003635 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
3636 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
3637 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
3638 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
3639 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +02003640
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04003641 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
Martin Pitt0f0467e2015-05-27 17:04:49 +02003642
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02003643CHANGES WITH 220:
3644
David Herrmannf7a73a22015-05-21 20:39:47 +02003645 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
3646 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
3647 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
3648 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
3649 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
3650 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
3651 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
AsciiWolf56cadcb2017-02-21 16:03:04 +01003652 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
David Herrmannf7a73a22015-05-21 20:39:47 +02003653
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02003654 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
3655 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
3656 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
3657 service consumed). This value is only available if
3658 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
3659 in the "systemctl status" output.
3660
3661 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
3662 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek29d1fcb2015-05-21 14:30:53 -04003663 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02003664 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
3665 previously was already the default behaviour).
3666
3667 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
3668 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
3669 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
3670
3671 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
3672 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek29d1fcb2015-05-21 14:30:53 -04003673 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02003674 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
3675
3676 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
3677 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
3678 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
3679 journalling file systems that support external journal
3680 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
3681 systems to be mounted.
3682
3683 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
3684 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
3685 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
3686 stable release this should not be problematic.
3687
3688 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
3689 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
3690 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
3691 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
3692 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
3693
3694 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
3695 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
3696 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
3697 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
3698 network switches.
3699
3700 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
3701 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
3702
3703 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
3704 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
3705 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
3706
3707 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
3708
Lennart Poettering1579dd22015-05-21 20:24:34 +02003709 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
3710 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
3711 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
3712 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
3713 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
3714 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
3715 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
3716 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
3717 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
3718 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
3719 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
3720 been fixed in v220.
3721
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02003722 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
3723 systemd-networkd.
3724
3725 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
3726 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02003727 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02003728 containers started from the command line.
3729
3730 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
3731 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
3732
3733 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
3734 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
3735 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
3736 indirection via a pseudo tty.
3737
3738 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
3739 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
3740 when shutting down.
3741
3742 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
3743 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
3744 overlayfs support.
3745
3746 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
3747 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
3748 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
3749 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
3750 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
3751 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
3752 images are imported via systemd-importd.
3753
3754 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
3755 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
3756 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
3757
3758 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
3759 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
3760 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
3761 of v1 as before).
3762
3763 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
3764 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
3765
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekd35f51e2018-07-16 12:44:24 +02003766 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
3767 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
3768 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
3769 without further privileges or authorization.
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02003770
3771 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
3772 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
3773 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
3774 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
3775 accessible via a bus interface.
3776
3777 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
3778 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
3779 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
3780 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
3781 to cover this functionality.
3782
3783 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
Lennart Poettering1579dd22015-05-21 20:24:34 +02003784 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02003785 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
3786 disabled/masked also stopped.
3787
3788 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
David Herrmann1a2d5fb2015-05-21 20:25:38 +02003789 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
3790 updated to support systemd-boot.
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02003791
3792 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
3793 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
3794 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
3795 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
3796 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
David Herrmann1a2d5fb2015-05-21 20:25:38 +02003797 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02003798 like this and can extract OS release information from them
3799 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
3800 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
3801
3802 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
3803 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
3804 system.
3805
3806 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
3807 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
3808 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
3809 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
3810 device symlinks.
3811
3812 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
3813 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
3814 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
3815 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
3816
3817 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
3818 stick devices has been added.
3819
3820 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
3821 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
3822
3823 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
3824 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
3825 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
3826 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
3827 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
3828
3829 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
3830 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
3831 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
3832
3833 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
3834 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
3835 Debian.
3836
3837 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
3838 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
3839 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
3840
3841 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
3842 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
3843 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
3844 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
3845 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
3846 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
3847 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
3848 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
3849 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
3850 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
3851 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
3852 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
3853 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
3854 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
3855 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
3856 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
3857 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
3858 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
3859 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
3860 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
3861 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
3862 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
3863 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
3864 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
3865 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
3866 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
3867 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3868
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04003869 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02003870
Lennart Poettering615aaf42015-02-12 18:44:46 +01003871CHANGES WITH 219:
3872
Lennart Poettering615aaf42015-02-12 18:44:46 +01003873 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
3874 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
3875 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
3876 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
3877 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
3878 interface with and update the database.
3879
3880 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
3881 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
3882 before bytewise copying is done.
3883
3884 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
3885 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
3886 directory, and immediately removed when the container
3887 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
3888 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
3889 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
3890 for starting a container off the root file system of the
3891 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
3892 available on btrfs file systems.
3893
3894 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
3895 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen7edecf22015-02-16 21:21:16 +01003896 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
Lennart Poettering615aaf42015-02-12 18:44:46 +01003897 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
3898 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
3899 systems.
3900
3901 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
3902 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
3903 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
3904 mount point remains.
3905
3906 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
3907 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
3908 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
3909 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
3910 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
3911 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
3912 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
3913 are disabled.
3914
3915 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
3916 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
3917 container to the host or vice versa.
3918
3919 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
3920 mount host directories into local containers. This is
3921 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
3922
3923 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
3924 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
3925
3926 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
3927 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
3928 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
3929 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
3930 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
3931 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
3932 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
3933 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
3934 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
Torstein Husebø94e5ba32015-07-24 11:14:01 +02003935 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
Lennart Poettering615aaf42015-02-12 18:44:46 +01003936 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
3937 make the functionality of importd available to the
3938 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
3939 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
3940 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
3941 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
3942 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
3943 only fully supported on btrfs.
3944
3945 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
3946 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
3947 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
3948 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
3949 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
3950 information about images.
3951
3952 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
3953 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
Elias Probstf59dba22016-03-16 09:23:31 +01003954 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
Lennart Poettering615aaf42015-02-12 18:44:46 +01003955 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
3956 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
3957 legacy file systems).
3958
3959 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
3960 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
3961 shown in networkctl output.
3962
3963 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
3964 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
3965 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
3966 processes as system services while interactively
3967 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
3968 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
3969 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
3970 full login session, the difference being that the former
3971 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
3972 setup.
3973
3974 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
3975 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
3976 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
3977 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
3978 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
3979
3980 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
3981 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
3982 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
3983 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
3984 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
3985 via qemu/kvm.
3986
3987 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
3988 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
3989 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
3990 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
3991 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
3992 disk images, too.
3993
3994 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
3995 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
3996 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
3997 integrate with that.
3998
3999 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
4000 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
4001 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
4002 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
4003
4004 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
4005 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
4006 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
4007
4008 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
4009 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
4010 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
4011 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
4012 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
4013 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
4014 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
4015 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
4016 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
4017 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
4018
4019 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
4020 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
4021 files.
4022
4023 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
Lennart Poettering4c379702016-10-24 20:06:03 +02004024 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
Lennart Poettering615aaf42015-02-12 18:44:46 +01004025 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
Torstein Husebø94e5ba32015-07-24 11:14:01 +02004026 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
Lennart Poettering615aaf42015-02-12 18:44:46 +01004027 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
4028 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
4029 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
4030 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
4031 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
4032 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
4033 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
4034 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
4035 explicitly turned on.
4036
4037 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
4038 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
4039 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
4040 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
4041
4042 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
4043 supported.
4044
4045 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
4046 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
4047 user/session following the status output. Similar,
4048 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
4049 associated with a virtual machine or container
4050 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
4051 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
4052 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
4053 output however.)
4054
4055 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
4056 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
4057 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
4058 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
4059 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
4060 caller's session/user.
4061
4062 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
4063 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
4064 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
4065 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
4066 user services.
4067
4068 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
4069 same way as unit files.
4070
4071 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
4072 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
4073 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
4074 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
4075 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
4076 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
4077 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
4078 the host.
4079
4080 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
4081 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
4082 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
4083 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
4084 the host as if their services were running directly on the
4085 host.
4086
Lennart Poetteringdd2fd152015-02-16 19:36:51 +01004087 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
Lennart Poettering615aaf42015-02-12 18:44:46 +01004088 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
4089 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
4090 updated to make use of it too by default.
4091
4092 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
4093 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
4094 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
4095 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
4096
4097 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
4098 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
4099 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
4100 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
4101 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
4102 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
4103 modification.
4104
4105 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
4106 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
4107 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen7edecf22015-02-16 21:21:16 +01004108 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
Lennart Poettering615aaf42015-02-12 18:44:46 +01004109 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
4110 information about Touchpad types.
4111
4112 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
4113 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
4114
4115 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
4116 Policy link field.
4117
4118 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
4119 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
4120
4121 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
4122 ACLs on files.
4123
4124 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
4125 tmpfs, automatically.
4126
4127 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
4128 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
4129 status" output, if available.
4130
4131 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
4132 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
4133 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
4134 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
4135 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
4136 run on next reboot.
4137
4138 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
4139 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
4140 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
4141 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
4142 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
4143 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
4144 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
4145
4146 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
4147 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
4148 after a configurable timeout.
4149
4150 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
4151 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
4152 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
4153 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
4154 it non-idle.
4155
4156 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
4157 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
4158
4159 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
4160 each .network interface in networkd.
4161
4162 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
4163 in .network files.
4164
4165 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
4166 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
4167
Lennart Poettering11ea2782015-02-12 20:45:19 +01004168 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
Lennart Poetteringd2c643c2015-02-16 17:17:07 +01004169 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
4170 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
4171 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
4172 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
4173 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
4174 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
4175 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
4176 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
4177 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
4178 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
4179 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4180 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
4181 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
4182 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
Lennart Poettering11ea2782015-02-12 20:45:19 +01004183 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
4184 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
4185 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
4186 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
4187 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
4188 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
4189 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
Lennart Poetteringd2c643c2015-02-16 17:17:07 +01004190 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
4191 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Lennart Poettering11ea2782015-02-12 20:45:19 +01004192
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04004193 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
Lennart Poettering11ea2782015-02-12 20:45:19 +01004194
David Herrmannd4f5a1f2014-11-24 15:12:42 +01004195CHANGES WITH 218:
4196
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004197 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
4198 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
4199 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
Evgeny Vereshchaginc7683ff2015-08-16 18:10:23 +00004200 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004201
4202 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
Jan Engelhardtb938cb92014-08-03 07:11:12 +02004203 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004204 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
4205 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
4206 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
4207
4208 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
4209
4210 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
Jan Engelhardtb938cb92014-08-03 07:11:12 +02004211 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004212 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
4213 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
4214 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
4215 modified configuration after editing.
4216
4217 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
4218 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
4219 system preset files.
4220
4221 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
4222 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
4223 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
4224 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
4225 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
4226 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
4227 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
4228 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
4229 other contexts.
4230
4231 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
4232 inhibitors.
4233
Lennart Poettering122676c2014-12-10 23:17:54 +01004234 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
Jan Engelhardtb938cb92014-08-03 07:11:12 +02004235 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
Lennart Poettering122676c2014-12-10 23:17:54 +01004236 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
4237 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
4238 managers.
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004239
4240 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
4241 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
4242 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
4243 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
4244 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
Jan Engelhardtb938cb92014-08-03 07:11:12 +02004245 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004246 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
4247 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
4248 parallel to journald.
4249
4250 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
4251 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
4252 available.
4253
4254 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
4255 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
Jan Engelhardta8eaaee2014-08-03 07:11:37 +02004256 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004257 or are not older than the specified time.
4258
4259 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
4260 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
4261 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
4262 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
4263
4264 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
4265 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
4266 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
4267 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
4268 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
4269 communication.
4270
4271 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
4272 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
4273 services.
4274
4275 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
4276 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
4277 including their signature and values. This is particularly
4278 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
4279 the new "busctl tree" command.
4280
4281 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
4282 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
4283 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
4284 friendly way.
4285
4286 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
4287 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
4288 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
4289 race-ful way.
4290
4291 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
4292 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
Ronny Chevalier17c29492014-12-10 00:50:24 +01004293 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004294 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
4295 --link-journal=try-guest.
4296
4297 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
4298 stable MAC addresses.
4299
4300 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
4301 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
4302 the respective unit shall use.
4303
David Herrmannd4f5a1f2014-11-24 15:12:42 +01004304 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
4305 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
4306 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
4307 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
4308
Jan Engelhardtb938cb92014-08-03 07:11:12 +02004309 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004310 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
Jan Engelhardtb938cb92014-08-03 07:11:12 +02004311 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004312 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
4313 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
4314 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
4315
Ronny Chevalier17c29492014-12-10 00:50:24 +01004316 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004317 details see:
4318
4319 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
4320
4321 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
4322 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
Josh Triplett997b2b42014-11-29 14:01:47 -08004323 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
4324 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
4325 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
4326 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
4327 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
4328 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
4329 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
4330 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
4331 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
4332 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
4333
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004334 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
4335 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
4336 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
4337 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
4338 bluetooth, ...) is used.
4339
4340 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
4341 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
4342 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
4343 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
4344 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
4345 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
4346 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
4347 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
4348
4349 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
Jan Engelhardta8eaaee2014-08-03 07:11:37 +02004350 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004351 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
4352 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
4353 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
4354 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
4355 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
4356 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
4357 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
4358 interface.
4359
4360 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
4361 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
4362 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
4363 luks.name= argument.
4364
4365 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
4366 (this was previously already available for scope and service
4367 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
4368 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
4369 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
4370 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
4371
4372 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
4373 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
4374 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
4375
Lennart Poettering13e92f32014-12-10 00:30:19 +01004376 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
4377 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
4378 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
4379 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
4380 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
4381 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
4382 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
4383 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
4384 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
4385 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
4386 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
Lennart Poettering7da81d32014-12-10 22:33:21 +01004387 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
4388 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
4389 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
4390 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
4391 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
4392 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
4393 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Lennart Poettering13e92f32014-12-10 00:30:19 +01004394
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04004395 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004396
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004397CHANGES WITH 217:
4398
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01004399 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
4400 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
4401 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
4402 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004403
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeka65b8242014-11-01 13:52:14 -04004404 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
4405 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
4406 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
4407 now waits until the operation is complete.
Umut Tezduyar Lindskog2a97b032014-10-29 11:20:02 +01004408
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004409 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
4410 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
Lennart Poettering4bdc60c2014-10-24 19:06:23 +02004411 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
4412 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01004413 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
Lennart Poettering4bdc60c2014-10-24 19:06:23 +02004414 connection.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004415
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01004416 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
4417 commands anymore.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004418
4419 * User units are now loaded also from
4420 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
4421 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
4422 supported, but is under the control of the user.
4423
Lennart Poettering4ffd29f2014-10-28 02:17:12 +01004424 * Job timeouts (i.e. time-outs on the time a job that is
4425 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
4426 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
4427 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
4428 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
4429 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
4430 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
4431 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
4432 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
4433 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
4434 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
4435 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
4436 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
4437 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
4438 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
4439 question.
4440
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004441 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
4442 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
4443 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
4444
4445 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
4446 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
4447 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
Lennart Poettering81c7dd82014-11-06 20:06:30 +01004448 command line to trigger resume.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004449
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01004450 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
4451 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
4452 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
Lennart Poettering09077142014-10-28 12:31:11 +01004453 Desktop=systemd-console.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004454
4455 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
4456 systemd-networkd.
4457
Kay Sieversba8df742014-10-28 15:53:44 +01004458 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01004459 from the information provided by the networking stack
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004460 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
4461
4462 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
4463 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
4464
4465 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
4466 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
4467 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
4468
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01004469 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004470
Lennart Poettering4bdc60c2014-10-24 19:06:23 +02004471 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
Ronny Chevalierf6d1de82014-10-28 16:04:21 +01004472 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004473 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01004474 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
4475 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
4476 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004477
Lennart Poetteringc4ac9902014-10-28 20:36:32 +01004478 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004479 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
4480 respected.
4481
4482 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
4483 virtualization.
4484
4485 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
Kay Sieversba8df742014-10-28 15:53:44 +01004486 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01004487 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
4488 on.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004489
Michal Schmidte6c253e2014-10-16 13:49:04 +02004490 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
4491
4492 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
4493
Kay Sieversba8df742014-10-28 15:53:44 +01004494 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
4495 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
Michal Schmidte6c253e2014-10-16 13:49:04 +02004496 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
4497 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
4498 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
4499 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
4500 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
4501
Lennart Poettering4bdc60c2014-10-24 19:06:23 +02004502 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
4503 available for service units, that allows locking all service
4504 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
4505 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
4506 from the service's view entirely.
4507
4508 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
4509 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
4510
4511 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
4512 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
4513 session.
4514
4515 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
4516 legacy-free systems.
4517
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01004518 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
4519 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
4520 easily.
4521
4522 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
4523 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
4524 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
4525 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
4526 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
4527 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
4528 option.
4529
4530 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
Tom Gundersend4474c42014-10-28 15:42:57 +01004531 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01004532 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
4533 /usr.
4534
Ronny Chevalierf6d1de82014-10-28 16:04:21 +01004535 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01004536 services, not only the main process.
4537
4538 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
4539 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
4540 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
4541 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
4542 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
4543
Timofey Titovets37694152014-10-26 00:17:24 +03004544 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
4545 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
4546 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
4547 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
4548 directly from now on, again.
4549
Lennart Poetteringfae93322014-10-28 15:17:53 +01004550 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekd35f51e2018-07-16 12:44:24 +02004551 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
4552 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
4553 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
4554 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
4555 enabling and disabling.
Lennart Poetteringfae93322014-10-28 15:17:53 +01004556
Lennart Poetteringcfa15712014-10-28 15:35:35 +01004557 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
4558 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
4559 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
4560 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
4561 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
4562 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
4563 unnecessary or unlikely.
4564
Lennart Poettering7e63dd12014-10-28 15:44:00 +01004565 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
4566 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
Kay Sieversba8df742014-10-28 15:53:44 +01004567 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
Lennart Poettering7e63dd12014-10-28 15:44:00 +01004568 "anually", "hourly", ...).
4569
Tom Gundersend4474c42014-10-28 15:42:57 +01004570 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
4571 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
4572 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
4573 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
4574 overwritten at runtime.
4575
Lennart Poettering3b187c52014-10-28 18:10:48 +01004576 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
4577 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
4578 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
4579 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
4580 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
4581 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
4582 segmentation fault.
4583
Lennart Poettering4b08dd82014-10-28 15:20:16 +01004584 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
4585 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
4586 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
4587 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
4588 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
4589 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
4590 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
4591 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
4592 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
4593 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
4594 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
4595 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
4596 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
4597 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
4598 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
4599 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
4600 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
4601 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
4602 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
4603 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
4604 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
Lennart Poettering13e92f32014-12-10 00:30:19 +01004605 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Lennart Poettering4b08dd82014-10-28 15:20:16 +01004606
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04004607 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
Lennart Poettering4b08dd82014-10-28 15:20:16 +01004608
Kay Sieversb72ddf02014-07-09 14:29:20 +02004609CHANGES WITH 216:
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02004610
4611 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
Kay Sieversb72ddf02014-07-09 14:29:20 +02004612 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02004613 implementations should add a
4614
Kay Sieversb72ddf02014-07-09 14:29:20 +02004615 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02004616
4617 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
4618 default functionality.
4619
4620 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
4621 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
4622 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
4623 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
4624 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
4625 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
4626 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
4627 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
4628 files might need to be owned by them. A new
4629 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
4630 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
4631 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
4632 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
4633
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekd35f51e2018-07-16 12:44:24 +02004634 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
4635 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
4636 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
4637 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
4638 added eventually, too.
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02004639
4640 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
4641 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
4642 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
4643 new command to update these fields.
4644
4645 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
4646 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
4647 have been discovered via DHCP.
4648
4649 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
4650 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
Ansgar Burchardtdaa05342014-08-26 00:19:54 +02004651 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
4652 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02004653 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
4654 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
4655 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
4656 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen5f02e262014-08-19 23:10:53 +02004657 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02004658 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
4659 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
4660 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
Daniel Macka1a4a252014-08-19 22:23:43 +02004661 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02004662 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
4663 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
4664 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
4665 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
4666 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
4667 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
4668 implementation to systemd-resolved.
4669
4670 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
4671 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
4672 containers to their respective IP addresses.
4673
4674 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
4675 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
4676 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen5f02e262014-08-19 23:10:53 +02004677 and present it to the user in a very friendly
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02004678 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
4679 control utility for networkd.
4680
4681 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
4682 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
Jan Engelhardta8eaaee2014-08-03 07:11:37 +02004683 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02004684 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
4685 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
4686 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
4687 (NoDelay=).
4688
Daniel Macka1a4a252014-08-19 22:23:43 +02004689 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02004690 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
4691
4692 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
Philip Withnall46ae28d2017-04-20 11:34:26 +01004693 be started only after time-sync.target has been
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02004694 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
4695 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
4696 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
4697 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
4698
4699 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
4700 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
4701 of the link.
4702
4703 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
4704 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
4705
4706 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
4707 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
4708
4709 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
Lennart Poettering01da80b2014-08-19 23:37:16 +02004710 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
4711 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
4712 for DHCP.
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02004713
4714 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
4715 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
4716 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
4717 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
4718 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
4719 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
4720 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
4721 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
4722
4723 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
4724 validation of unit files.
4725
4726 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
4727 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
4728 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
4729 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
4730 address may now be configured.
4731
Tom Gundersen26568402014-08-19 23:44:17 +02004732 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
4733 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
4734 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
4735 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
4736
4737 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
4738 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
4739
4740 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
4741 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
4742 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
4743 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
4744
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02004745 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
4746 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
4747 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
4748 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
4749 implementation.
4750
4751 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
4752 journal data to a remote system running
4753 systemd-journal-remote.
4754
4755 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
4756 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
4757 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
4758 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
4759 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen5f02e262014-08-19 23:10:53 +02004760 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02004761 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
4762 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
4763 version, you have to turn this option on again
4764 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
4765
4766 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
4767 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
4768 better than XZ which was the previous default.
4769
4770 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
4771 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
4772
4773 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
4774 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
4775
4776 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
4777 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
4778 "systemctl status" output for a service.
4779
4780 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
4781 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
Daniel Macka1a4a252014-08-19 22:23:43 +02004782 hostname, root password) interactively on first
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02004783 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
4784 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
4785
Lennart Poettering01da80b2014-08-19 23:37:16 +02004786 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
4787
4788 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
4789
4790 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
4791 when primary addresses are removed.
4792
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02004793 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
4794 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
4795 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
4796 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
4797 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
4798 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
4799 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4800 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
4801 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
4802 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
4803 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
4804 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
4805 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
4806 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
4807 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4808
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04004809 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
Kay Sieversb72ddf02014-07-09 14:29:20 +02004810
Kay Sievers3dff3e02014-06-12 14:59:53 +02004811CHANGES WITH 215:
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02004812
4813 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
4814 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
4815 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
4816 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
4817 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
4818 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
4819 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
4820 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
4821 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
4822 require.
4823
4824 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
4825 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
4826
4827 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
4828 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
4829 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
4830 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
4831 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
4832 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
4833 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
4834
4835 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
4836 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
4837 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
4838 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
4839 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
4840 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
4841 update or reset should use this condition and order
4842 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
4843 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
4844 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
4845 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
4846 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
4847 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
4848 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersence1dde22014-07-01 21:11:35 +02004849 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02004850 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
4851
4852 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
4853
4854 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
4855 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
4856 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
Kay Sievers3dff3e02014-06-12 14:59:53 +02004857 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
4858
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02004859 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
4860 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
4861 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
4862 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
4863 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
4864 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
4865 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
Lennart Poetteringc7435cc2014-07-03 20:46:35 +02004866 .network files using settings of this section should be
4867 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
4868 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02004869
Lennart Poetteringc7435cc2014-07-03 20:46:35 +02004870 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
4871 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02004872
4873 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
4874 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
4875 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
4876 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
4877 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
4878 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
4879 of nspawn instances.
4880
4881 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
4882 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
4883 added.
4884
4885 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
4886 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
4887 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
4888 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
4889 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
4890 configuration stored in /etc.
4891
4892 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
4893 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
4894 parsing of unknown mount options.
4895
4896 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
4897 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
4898 it already exist and not already be the correct
Jan Engelhardta8eaaee2014-08-03 07:11:37 +02004899 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02004900 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
4901 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
4902 pre-existing files of different types.
4903
4904 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
4905 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersence1dde22014-07-01 21:11:35 +02004906 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02004907 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
4908 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
4909 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
4910 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
4911
4912 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
4913 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
4914 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
4915 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
4916 shall be executed.
4917
4918 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
4919 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersence1dde22014-07-01 21:11:35 +02004920 example whether it is fully up and running.
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02004921
4922 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
4923 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
4924 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
4925 reset.
4926
4927 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
4928 most basic services systemd ships by default.
4929
4930 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
4931 field for defining the default instance to create if a
4932 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
4933
4934 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
4935 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
4936 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
4937
4938 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
4939 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
4940 access to this group.
4941
4942 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
4943 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
4944 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
4945 to the journal.
4946
4947 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
4948 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
4949 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
4950 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
4951 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
4952 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
4953
4954 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
4955 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
4956 that makes sure to only show information about the most
4957 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
4958 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
4959 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
4960 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
4961 the old name to the new name.
4962
4963 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersence1dde22014-07-01 21:11:35 +02004964 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02004965 coredumpctl without restrictions.
4966
4967 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
4968 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
4969 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
4970 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
4971 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
4972 "systemd-debug-generator".
4973
4974 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
4975 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
4976 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
4977 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
4978 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
4979 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
4980 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
Jan Engelhardtb938cb92014-08-03 07:11:12 +02004981 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
4982 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02004983 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
4984 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
4985
4986 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
4987 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
4988 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
Lennart Poetteringc7435cc2014-07-03 20:46:35 +02004989 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
4990 been added to query many of these paths for the local
4991 machine and user.
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02004992
4993 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
4994 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
4995 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
4996 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
4997 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
4998
4999 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
5000 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
5001 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
5002 couple of drop-in directories.
5003
Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo3058e012014-07-01 10:11:50 -03005004 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
5005 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
5006 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
5007 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
5008 for dev_port.
5009
Lennart Poetteringc7435cc2014-07-03 20:46:35 +02005010 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
5011 container (read from /etc/os-release and
5012 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
5013 "machinectl status" for a machine.
5014
5015 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
5016 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
5017 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
5018 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
5019 Restart= setting.
5020
5021 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
5022 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
5023 directly connect to a specific container on the
5024 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
5025 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
5026 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
5027 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
5028 containers is a privileged operation.
5029
5030 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
5031 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
5032 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
5033 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
5034 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5035 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
5036 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
5037 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
5038 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
5039 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
5040 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
5041 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5042
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04005043 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
Lennart Poetteringc7435cc2014-07-03 20:46:35 +02005044
Kay Sievers4196a3e2014-06-11 12:00:47 +02005045CHANGES WITH 214:
5046
5047 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
5048 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
5049 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
5050 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
5051 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
5052 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
5053 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
5054 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
5055 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
Kay Sievers71449ca2014-06-11 14:04:28 +02005056 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005057 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
Kay Sievers4196a3e2014-06-11 12:00:47 +02005058 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
Jan Engelhardt45df8652014-06-28 00:49:12 +02005059 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
Kay Sievers4196a3e2014-06-11 12:00:47 +02005060 devices are excluded from this logic.
5061
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005062 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
5063 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
5064 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
5065 and we will readd "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
5066 change has been released.
5067
5068 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005069 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005070 libattr is thus unnecessary.
5071
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02005072 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005073 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
5074 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
Kay Sievers71449ca2014-06-11 14:04:28 +02005075 with fewer privileges.
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005076
5077 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
5078 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
5079 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
5080 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
5081
Jan Engelhardta8eaaee2014-08-03 07:11:37 +02005082 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005083 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
5084
Jan Engelhardta8eaaee2014-08-03 07:11:37 +02005085 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005086 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
5087
5088 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
Jan Engelhardta8eaaee2014-08-03 07:11:37 +02005089 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005090 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
5091
5092 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
5093 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005094 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005095 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
5096 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
Mantas Mikulėnasc54bed52014-06-11 17:09:11 +03005097 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005098
Lennart Poetteringcd14eda2014-06-11 15:32:20 +02005099 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005100 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
5101 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
Lennart Poetteringcd14eda2014-06-11 15:32:20 +02005102
Ansgar Burchardtef392da2014-07-28 18:57:30 +02005103 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005104 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005105 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
5106 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
5107 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
5108 modifications of user data or system files from
5109 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
5110 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
5111
5112 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
5113 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
5114 and FIFOs in the file system.
5115
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005116 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005117 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
5118 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
5119
5120 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
5121 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
Jan Engelhardt45df8652014-06-28 00:49:12 +02005122 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
Kay Sievers71449ca2014-06-11 14:04:28 +02005123 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same life-cycle as
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005124 the socket itself.
5125
5126 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
5127 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
5128 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
5129 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
5130 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
5131 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
5132 symlinks, and nothing else.
5133
5134 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
5135 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
5136 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
5137 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
5138 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
5139 process (for example, the parent process). The
5140 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
5141 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
5142 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
5143 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
5144 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
5145 messages to services when the originating process already
5146 vanished.
5147
5148 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005149 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005150 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
5151 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
5152 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
5153 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
5154 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
5155 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
5156 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
5157 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
5158 all long-running services.
5159
5160 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
5161 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
5162 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
5163 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
5164 service.
5165
5166 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
5167 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
5168 applied to all submounts, too.
5169
5170 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
5171
5172 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
5173 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
5174 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
5175 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
5176 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
5177 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
5178 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
5179
Torstein Husebøcc98b302015-01-26 15:29:14 +01005180 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005181 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
5182 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
Kay Sievers71449ca2014-06-11 14:04:28 +02005183 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005184 (domU) domains.
5185
5186 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
5187 files or entire directories.
5188
5189 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005190 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
5191 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
5192 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005193 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
5194
5195 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
5196 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
5197 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
5198 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005199 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
5200 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005201 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005202 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005203 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
5204 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
5205 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
5206 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
5207
5208 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
5209 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
5210 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
5211 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
5212
5213 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
5214 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
Ansgar Burchardtdaa05342014-08-26 00:19:54 +02005215 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005216 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005217 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
5218 non-directories.
5219
5220 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
5221 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
5222 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
5223
Lennart Poettering4c0d13b2014-06-11 18:42:38 +02005224 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
5225 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
5226 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
5227 this group.
5228
Lennart Poetteringdc1d6c02014-06-11 15:04:59 +02005229 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
5230 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
5231 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
5232 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
5233 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5234 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
5235 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5236
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04005237 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
Lennart Poetteringdc1d6c02014-06-11 15:04:59 +02005238
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005239CHANGES WITH 213:
5240
5241 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
Kay Sievers69beda12014-05-24 14:50:17 +08005242 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005243 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005244 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005245 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
Lennart Poetteringc9679c62014-05-28 09:43:43 +08005246 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
5247 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005248 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005249 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005250 client should be more than appropriate for most
5251 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
5252 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
5253 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
5254 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
5255 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
Kay Sievers69beda12014-05-24 14:50:17 +08005256 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005257 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005258 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
Lennart Poetteringc9679c62014-05-28 09:43:43 +08005259 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005260 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
Lennart Poetteringc9679c62014-05-28 09:43:43 +08005261 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005262
Kay Sievers69beda12014-05-24 14:50:17 +08005263 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
5264 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005265 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
5266 part of a different namespace.
5267
5268 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
5269 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04005270 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
5271 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005272
5273 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
5274 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04005275 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005276
5277 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
5278 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04005279 when a service fails. This works similarly to
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005280 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005281 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
5282 restart the service in question.
5283
5284 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04005285 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
5286 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
5287 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
5288 details when running non-locally.
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005289
5290 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
5291 graphs it generates.
5292
5293 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
5294 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
5295 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
5296 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
5297 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
5298
5299 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
5300
5301 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
5302 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
5303 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
5304 what it was on SysV systems.
5305
5306 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
5307 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
5308
5309 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
5310 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
5311 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
5312 files.
5313
5314 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
5315 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
5316 to show these addresses in its output.
5317
5318 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
5319 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
5320 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
5321 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
5322 preferred over a text one.
5323
5324 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
5325 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
5326 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
5327 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
5328 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
5329 mDNS cache.
5330
Tom Gundersen68dd0952014-05-24 12:28:47 +02005331 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
5332 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
5333 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
5334 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
5335 of network configuration performed in some other way.
5336
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005337 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04005338 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005339 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
Kay Sievers69beda12014-05-24 14:50:17 +08005340 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005341 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
5342
Lennart Poettering8e7acf62014-05-28 09:39:55 +08005343 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
5344 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
5345 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005346 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
Lennart Poettering8e7acf62014-05-28 09:39:55 +08005347 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
5348 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
5349 overrides any other settings.
5350
5351 Contributions fron: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005352 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
5353 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
5354 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
5355 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
5356 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
5357 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
5358 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
5359 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
Lennart Poettering8e7acf62014-05-28 09:39:55 +08005360 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
5361 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
5362 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
5363 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
5364 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
5365 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
5366 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005367 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5368
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04005369 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005370
Lennart Poettering51c61cd2014-03-25 05:02:35 +01005371CHANGES WITH 212:
5372
5373 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
5374 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
5375 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
5376 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
5377 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
5378 by accident.
5379
5380 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
5381 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
5382 registered with machined.
5383
5384 * sd-login gained new calls
5385 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
5386 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04005387 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
Lennart Poettering51c61cd2014-03-25 05:02:35 +01005388 counterparts.
5389
5390 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
5391 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
5392 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
5393 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
5394 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
5395 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
5396 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
5397 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
5398 once.
5399
5400 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
5401 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
5402 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
5403
5404 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
5405 units on all local containers, when used with the
5406 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
5407 executed when no parameters are specified).
5408
5409 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
5410 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
5411 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
5412 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
5413
5414 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
Jan Engelhardt70a44af2014-05-03 19:15:24 +02005415 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
Lennart Poettering51c61cd2014-03-25 05:02:35 +01005416 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
5417 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
5418 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
5419 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
5420
5421 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
5422 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
5423 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
5424 of the container.
5425
5426 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
5427 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
5428 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
5429 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
5430 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02005431 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no life-cycle
5432 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
5433 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
Lennart Poettering51c61cd2014-03-25 05:02:35 +01005434
5435 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
5436 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
5437 instead of /.
5438
5439 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
5440 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
5441 emergency messages now.
5442
5443 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
5444 journal log messages across the network.
5445
5446 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
5447 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
5448 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
5449 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
5450 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
5451 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
5452 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
5453
5454 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
5455 down a local OS container.
5456
5457 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
5458 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
5459 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
5460
5461 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
5462 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
5463 this is appropriate.
5464
5465 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02005466 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
Lennart Poettering51c61cd2014-03-25 05:02:35 +01005467 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
5468
5469 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
5470 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
5471 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
5472 for debugging purposes.
5473
5474 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
5475 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
5476 in seconds.
5477
5478 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
5479 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
5480 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
5481 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
5482 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
5483 like on traditional inetd.
5484
5485 * A new system.conf configuration option
5486 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
5487 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
5488
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02005489 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
Lennart Poettering51c61cd2014-03-25 05:02:35 +01005490 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
5491 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
5492 do these days).
5493
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02005494 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
Lennart Poettering51c61cd2014-03-25 05:02:35 +01005495 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
5496 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
5497 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02005498 could not take place because the system was powered off.
5499 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
Lennart Poettering51c61cd2014-03-25 05:02:35 +01005500
5501 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
5502 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
5503 it will be triggered.
5504
5505 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
5506 addresses to its local interfaces.
5507
5508 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
5509 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
5510 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
5511 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
5512 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
5513 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
5514 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
5515 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
5516 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5517
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04005518 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
Lennart Poettering51c61cd2014-03-25 05:02:35 +01005519
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01005520CHANGES WITH 211:
5521
5522 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
5523 added to restrict which socket address families unit
5524 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
5525 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
5526 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
5527 is built on seccomp system call filters.
5528
5529 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
5530 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
5531 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
5532 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
5533 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
5534 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
5535 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
5536 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
Nis Martensenf1721622014-05-18 15:43:18 +02005537 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01005538
5539 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
5540 matching against device group names.
5541
5542 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
5543 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
5544 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
5545 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
David Herrmann22e70622014-03-11 20:46:57 +01005546 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01005547 though.
5548
5549 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
5550 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
5551 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02005552 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01005553 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
AsciiWolf56cadcb2017-02-21 16:03:04 +01005554 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01005555 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
5556 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02005557 systems prepared appropriately.
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01005558
5559 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
5560 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
5561 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
5562 (see above). This means that installations made with
5563 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
5564 deployed using container managers, completely
5565 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
5566 this feature soon, too.)
5567
5568 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
5569 set up a private macvlan interface for the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04005570 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01005571 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
5572
5573 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
5574 using IPv4LL.
5575
5576 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
5577 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
5578 systemd-networkd.
5579
5580 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
5581 tracking the life-cycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
5582 still not a public API though (unless you specify
5583 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
5584 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
5585
5586 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
5587 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
5588 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
Kay Sievers4ef6e532014-03-11 20:41:12 +01005589 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01005590 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
5591 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
5592 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
5593 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
5594 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
5595 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
5596 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
Kay Sievers4ef6e532014-03-11 20:41:12 +01005597 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01005598 users.
5599
5600 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
5601 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
5602 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
5603 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
5604 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
5605 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
5606 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
5607 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
5608 due to a closed lid.
5609
5610 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
5611 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
5612 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
5613 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
Kay Sievers4ef6e532014-03-11 20:41:12 +01005614 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01005615 order to then act as suspend blocker.
5616
5617 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
5618 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
5619 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
5620 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
5621 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
5622
5623 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
5624 now also work in --scope mode.
5625
5626 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
5627 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
5628 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
5629 promises are made.)
5630
5631 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
5632 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
5633 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
5634 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
5635 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
5636 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
5637 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
5638 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
5639 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
5640 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5641
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04005642 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01005643
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01005644CHANGES WITH 210:
5645
5646 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
5647 according to SMACK rules.
5648
Lennart Poettering67dd87c2014-02-25 02:36:12 +01005649 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01005650 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
5651
5652 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
5653 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
5654 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
5655
5656 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
5657 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
5658 and machine ID.
5659
Kay Sieversed289052014-02-24 20:20:25 +01005660 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01005661 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02005662 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01005663 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
5664 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
Kay Sieversed289052014-02-24 20:20:25 +01005665 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02005666 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
Kay Sieversed289052014-02-24 20:20:25 +01005667 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01005668 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
5669 backpack or similar.
5670
5671 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
5672 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
Lennart Poetteringd27893e2014-02-24 19:13:39 +01005673 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
Ansgar Burchardt949138c2014-02-25 10:53:49 +01005674 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01005675 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
5676 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
5677 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
5678 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
5679 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
5680 this on its own.
5681
5682 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
5683 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
5684 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
5685 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
5686
5687 * We will now ship a default .network file for
5688 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
5689 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
5690 --network-bridge= switches.
5691
5692 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
5693 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
5694 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
5695 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
5696 metrics, according to what is customary according to
5697 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
5698 each configuration option.
5699
5700 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
Kay Sieversed289052014-02-24 20:20:25 +01005701 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01005702 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02005703 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01005704 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
5705
5706 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
5707 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
5708 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
5709 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
5710 triggered by other work being done in the program.
5711
5712 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
5713 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
5714 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
5715 default however.
5716
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02005717 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01005718 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
5719 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02005720 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01005721 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
5722 them with systemd-networkd.
5723
Lennart Poetteringd27893e2014-02-24 19:13:39 +01005724 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
5725 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
5726 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02005727 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
Lennart Poetteringd27893e2014-02-24 19:13:39 +01005728 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
5729 is drastically increased, but given that these are
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02005730 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
Lennart Poetteringd27893e2014-02-24 19:13:39 +01005731 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
5732 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02005733 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
Kay Sieversed289052014-02-24 20:20:25 +01005734 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
Lennart Poetteringd27893e2014-02-24 19:13:39 +01005735 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
5736 during a transitional period!
5737
Lennart Poettering13b28d82014-03-12 16:39:21 +01005738 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01005739 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
5740 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
5741 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
5742 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
5743 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
5744 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
5745 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5746
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04005747 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01005748
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005749CHANGES WITH 209:
5750
5751 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
5752 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05005753 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
5754 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
Jan Engelhardt4670e9d2014-02-18 05:10:48 +01005755 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05005756 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
5757 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
Jan Engelhardt4670e9d2014-02-18 05:10:48 +01005758 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05005759 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
Jan Engelhardt4670e9d2014-02-18 05:10:48 +01005760 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05005761 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
5762 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005763
5764 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01005765 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005766 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
5767 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01005768 machines and the like.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005769
5770 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
5771 shutdown/boot.
5772
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05005773 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
5774 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005775
5776 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
5777 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01005778 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005779 prepared for additional security frameworks.
5780
5781 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
5782 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05005783 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01005784 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05005785 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005786 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
5787
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekdfb08b02014-02-23 18:11:48 -05005788 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
5789 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
5790 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
Jan Engelhardta8eaaee2014-08-03 07:11:37 +02005791 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekdfb08b02014-02-23 18:11:48 -05005792 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
5793 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
5794 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
5795 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02005796 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekdfb08b02014-02-23 18:11:48 -05005797
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005798 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01005799 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005800
5801 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
5802 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
5803 implementation.
5804
5805 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01005806 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005807 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
5808 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
5809 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
5810 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
5811 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
5812 and .service units.
5813
5814 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
5815 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
5816 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
5817
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05005818 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005819 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05005820 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005821 nothing makes use of it.
5822
5823 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
5824 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
5825 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
5826
5827 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
5828 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
5829 compatibility purposes.
5830
5831 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
5832 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
5833 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
Kay Sieversb9761002014-02-18 03:06:15 +01005834 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005835 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
5836 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
5837 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
5838 process handling.
5839
5840 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
5841 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
5842 style to "sd-bus.h".
5843
Patrik Flykt7e95eda2014-02-18 16:30:09 +02005844 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
5845 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005846 "systemd-networkd".
5847
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01005848 * There is a new kernel command line option
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05005849 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
5850 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
5851 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
5852 are not restored.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005853
5854 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
5855 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
5856 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
5857 PID1's support for that anymore.
5858
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05005859 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005860 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
5861
5862 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
5863 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
5864 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
5865 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
5866 container that is registered with machined, such as those
5867 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
5868
5869 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01005870 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05005871 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
5872 onto remote systems.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005873
5874 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
5875 login in any local container. This works with any container
5876 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
Lennart Poettering8e420492014-02-18 13:38:31 +01005877 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005878
5879 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
5880 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
5881 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
5882 system of some kind.
5883
5884 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
5885 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
5886 next.
5887
5888 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
5889 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
5890 reboot() system call.
5891
5892 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
5893 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05005894 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005895 still available but not advertised anymore.
5896
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005897 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
5898 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
Kay Sieversb9761002014-02-18 03:06:15 +01005899 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005900 within each Unit.
5901
Lennart Poettering270f1622014-02-18 03:03:04 +01005902 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
5903 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
Lennart Poettering8e420492014-02-18 13:38:31 +01005904 the kernel).
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005905
Jan Engelhardt4670e9d2014-02-18 05:10:48 +01005906 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05005907 timestamps (following the setting in
5908 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005909
5910 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
5911 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
5912
5913 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
5914 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
5915
5916 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
5917 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
5918 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
5919
5920 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
5921 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05005922 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
5923 the full configuration is shown.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005924
5925 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
5926 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05005927 those commands which take multiple unit names.
5928
5929 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005930
5931 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
5932 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
5933
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01005934 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005935 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
5936 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
5937 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
5938
5939 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
5940 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
5941 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
5942 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
5943
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005944 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
5945 of the legend text.
5946
5947 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
5948 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
5949 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
5950 remote sessions.
5951
Lennart Poettering8e420492014-02-18 13:38:31 +01005952 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
5953 information of SDIO devices.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005954
5955 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
5956 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
5957 the system manager.
5958
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05005959 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005960 short description of the connection parameters in the
5961 description.
5962
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01005963 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005964 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
Jan Engelhardt4670e9d2014-02-18 05:10:48 +01005965 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05005966 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
5967 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
5968 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
5969 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005970
Daniel Buchc0c5af02014-02-18 08:13:25 +01005971 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01005972 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005973 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01005974 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
5975 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
5976 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005977 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05005978 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005979 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
5980
Lennart Poettering6300b3e2014-02-20 03:55:22 +01005981 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
5982 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
5983 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
5984 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05005985 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
5986 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01005987 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02005988 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
Lennart Poettering6300b3e2014-02-20 03:55:22 +01005989 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
5990 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
5991 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
5992 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
5993 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
5994 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
5995 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
5996 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
5997 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
5998 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
5999 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006000 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006001 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006002 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
6003 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
6004
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006005 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006006 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006007 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
6008 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
6009 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006010 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006011 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
6012 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006013 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006014 that you are aware of the instability of the current
Kay Sieversad42cf72014-02-18 03:19:57 +01006015 APIs.
6016
6017 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006018 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006019 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006020 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
6021 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
6022 declare the APIs stable.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006023
Lennart Poettering81c7dd82014-11-06 20:06:30 +01006024 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
Kay Sieversad42cf72014-02-18 03:19:57 +01006025 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006026 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
Kay Sieversad42cf72014-02-18 03:19:57 +01006027 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006028 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
Kay Sieversad42cf72014-02-18 03:19:57 +01006029 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
6030 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
6031 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
6032 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
6033 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
6034 one of them is updated.
6035
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006036 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006037 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006038 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
6039 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
6040 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
6041
6042 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
6043 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
6044 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006045 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006046 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006047 entry points.
6048
6049 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
6050 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
6051 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
6052 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006053 been disabled at compile-time.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006054
6055 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05006056 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006057 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
6058 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
6059
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05006060 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
6061 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
6062 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006063
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek000b1ba2018-01-20 14:04:17 +11006064 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05006065 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
6066 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006067
6068 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
6069 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
Lennart Poettering8e420492014-02-18 13:38:31 +01006070 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05006071
6072 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
6073 remains until jobs expire.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006074
6075 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006076 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006077 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
Lennart Poettering8e420492014-02-18 13:38:31 +01006078 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006079 all remaining processes of the service.
6080
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006081 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
6082 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006083 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
6084 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
6085 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006086 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006087 manager process which created them takes no further
6088 responsibilities for it.
6089
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05006090 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006091 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
6092 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
6093 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
6094 marked executable or world-writable.
6095
6096 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006097 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05006098 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
6099 "--setenv=" for consistency.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006100
6101 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
6102 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
Kay Sieversb9761002014-02-18 03:06:15 +01006103 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006104 independent of the host.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006105
6106 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
6107 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
Kay Sieversb9761002014-02-18 03:06:15 +01006108 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006109 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
6110
6111 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
6112 with specific SELinux labels set.
6113
6114 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
6115 any additional output but the container's own console
6116 output.
6117
6118 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
6119 container without PID namespacing enabled.
6120
6121 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05006122 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
Lennart Poettering8e420492014-02-18 13:38:31 +01006123 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006124 OS images, but only specific apps.
6125
6126 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006127 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006128 results in registration of the unit service itself in
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05006129 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006130
6131 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
6132 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006133 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006134 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
6135 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
6136 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006137
Lennart Poettering6afc95b2014-02-18 23:35:19 +01006138 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
6139 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
Jan Engelhardt70a44af2014-05-03 19:15:24 +02006140 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02006141 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
6142 units to use.
Lennart Poettering6afc95b2014-02-18 23:35:19 +01006143
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006144 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
6145 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
6146 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
6147 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
6148
6149 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
6150 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
6151 context for a service.
6152
6153 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
6154 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006155 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
6156 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006157 influence this logic.
6158
6159 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
6160 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
6161 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
6162 other things.
6163
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006164 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006165 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02006166 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
6167 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006168 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
6169 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
6170 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006171 architectures). There is also a global
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006172 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006173 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
6174
Kay Sievers210054d2014-02-21 18:11:47 +01006175 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
6176 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
6177
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006178 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
6179 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
6180 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
6181 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
6182 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
6183 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
6184 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
6185 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
6186 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
6187 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
6188 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
6189 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
6190 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6191 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
6192 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
6193 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
6194 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
6195 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
6196 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
6197 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
6198 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
6199 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
6200 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
6201 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6202
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04006203 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006204
Lennart Poetteringcd4010b2013-10-02 03:02:25 +02006205CHANGES WITH 208:
6206
6207 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
6208 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
6209 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
6210 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
6211 access input and drm devices which are normally
6212 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
6213 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
6214 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
6215 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
6216 session switching without allowing background sessions to
6217 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
6218 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
6219 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
6220
6221 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
Ruben Kerkhof06b643e2014-08-30 17:13:16 +02006222 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
Lennart Poetteringcd4010b2013-10-02 03:02:25 +02006223 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
6224
6225 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
6226 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
6227 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
6228 kernel version number.
6229
6230 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
6231 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02006232 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
Lennart Poetteringcd4010b2013-10-02 03:02:25 +02006233
6234 * This release removes high-level support for the
6235 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
6236 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
6237 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02006238 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
Lennart Poetteringcd4010b2013-10-02 03:02:25 +02006239
6240 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
6241 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
6242 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
Torstein Husebøcc98b302015-01-26 15:29:14 +01006243 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
6244 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
Lennart Poetteringcd4010b2013-10-02 03:02:25 +02006245 cgroup system.
6246
6247 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
6248 messages containing the slice a message was generated
6249 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
6250 logs among other things.
6251
6252 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
6253 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
6254 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
6255 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
6256 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
6257 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
6258 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
6259 journald which would be necessary to resolve
6260 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
6261 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
6262 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
6263 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
6264 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
6265 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
6266 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
6267 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
6268 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
6269 not delayed until next reboot.
6270
6271 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
6272 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
6273 systemd generated files in one directory.
6274
6275 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
6276 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
6277 performance information if that's available to determine how
6278 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
6279 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
6280 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
6281
6282 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
6283 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
6284 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
6285 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6286 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
6287 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
6288 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6289
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04006290 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
Lennart Poetteringcd4010b2013-10-02 03:02:25 +02006291
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02006292CHANGES WITH 207:
Lennart Poettering408f2812013-07-22 00:16:17 +02006293
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02006294 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
Kay Sieversf3a165b2013-09-13 02:24:57 +02006295 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02006296 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
6297 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
6298
6299 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
6300 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
6301 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
6302 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
6303 specified on the kernel command line less important.
6304
6305 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
6306 retrieve the VT number of a session.
6307
6308 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
6309 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
6310 maximum number of tries.
6311
6312 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
6313 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
6314 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
6315
6316 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
6317 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
6318
6319 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
6320 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02006321 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02006322
Kay Sieversf3a165b2013-09-13 02:24:57 +02006323 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
6324 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02006325 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
6326
6327 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
6328 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
Lennart Poettering387abf82013-09-17 13:57:04 -05006329 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02006330 and type).
6331
Kay Sieversf3a165b2013-09-13 02:24:57 +02006332 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02006333 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
6334
6335 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
6336 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
Kay Sieversf3a165b2013-09-13 02:24:57 +02006337 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02006338 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
6339
6340 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
6341 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
6342 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
6343 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
6344 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
6345 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
6346 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
6347 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
6348
6349 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
6350 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
6351 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
6352 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
6353
Lennart Poettering387abf82013-09-17 13:57:04 -05006354 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
6355 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
6356 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
6357 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
6358 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
6359 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
6360 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
Kay Sievers04bf3c12013-08-15 18:35:03 +02006361
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02006362 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
6363 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
6364
6365 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
6366 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
6367 automatically after the process terminated.
6368
6369 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
6370 certain paths from operation.
6371
6372 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekf47ad592014-11-01 14:33:01 -04006373 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
6374 is received.
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02006375
6376 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
6377 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
6378 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
6379 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
6380 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
6381 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
6382 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
6383 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
6384 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
6385 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
6386 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
6387 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
6388 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6389
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04006390 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02006391
Kay Sievers04bf3c12013-08-15 18:35:03 +02006392CHANGES WITH 206:
6393
Lennart Poettering408f2812013-07-22 00:16:17 +02006394 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
6395 concepts introduced with 205.
6396
6397 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
6398 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
6399 -r".
6400
6401 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
6402 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
Maciej Wereski33b521b2013-07-22 11:02:50 +02006403 --state= parameter.
Lennart Poettering408f2812013-07-22 00:16:17 +02006404
6405 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
6406 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
6407 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
6408 the journal.
6409
6410 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
6411 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
6412 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
6413
6414 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
6415 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
6416 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
6417 browsing logs from that point on.
6418
6419 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
6420 of an FSS key.
6421
Lennart Poettering251cc812013-07-23 01:32:36 +02006422 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
6423 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
6424 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
6425 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
6426 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02006427 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
Lennart Poettering251cc812013-07-23 01:32:36 +02006428 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
6429 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
6430 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
6431 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
6432 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
6433 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
6434 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
6435 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
6436
6437 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
6438 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02006439 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
Lennart Poettering251cc812013-07-23 01:32:36 +02006440 backing module right-away.
Lennart Poettering408f2812013-07-22 00:16:17 +02006441
6442 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
6443 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
6444
6445 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
6446 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
6447
Lennart Poettering251cc812013-07-23 01:32:36 +02006448 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
6449 set of processes in the message metadata.
Lennart Poettering408f2812013-07-22 00:16:17 +02006450
6451 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
6452
6453 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
6454 support for passing performance data via environment
6455 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
6456 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
6457 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
6458 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
6459 deserialize it again.
6460
Kay Sievers28f5c772013-07-22 20:17:26 +02006461 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
6462 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
6463 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
6464 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
Lennart Poettering408f2812013-07-22 00:16:17 +02006465
Lennart Poettering251cc812013-07-23 01:32:36 +02006466 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
6467 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
6468 completely silent shutdown when used.
6469
6470 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
6471 option in .socket units.
6472
6473 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
6474 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
6475 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
6476 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
6477 system.slice as before.
6478
6479 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
6480
6481 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
6482 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
6483 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6484 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
6485 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
6486 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
6487 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6488
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04006489 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02006490
Lennart Poettering00aa8322013-07-03 16:33:53 +02006491CHANGES WITH 205:
6492
6493 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
6494
6495 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04006496 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
Lennart Poettering00aa8322013-07-03 16:33:53 +02006497 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
6498 possible for system services and applications to group their
6499 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
6500 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
6501 together, or apply resource limits on them.
6502
6503 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
Torstein Husebøcc98b302015-01-26 15:29:14 +01006504 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
Lennart Poettering00aa8322013-07-03 16:33:53 +02006505 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
6506 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
6507 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
6508
6509 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
6510 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
6511 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
6512 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
6513
6514 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
6515 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
6516 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
6517 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
6518 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
6519 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
6520 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
6521 and useful as a general batch manager.
6522
6523 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
6524 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
6525 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
6526 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
6527 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
6528 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
6529 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
6530 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
6531 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
6532 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
6533
6534 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
6535 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
6536 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
6537 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
6538 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
6539 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
6540 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
6541 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
6542 is compile-time optional.
6543
6544 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
6545 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
6546 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
6547 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
6548 well as slice units.
6549
6550 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
6551 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
6552 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
6553 but will be extended later on to make more properties
6554 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
6555 command that wraps this call.
6556
6557 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
6558 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
6559 while configuring a number of settings via the command
6560 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
6561 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
6562 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
6563 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
6564
6565 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
6566 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
6567 off audit.
6568
6569 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
6570 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
6571
6572 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1fda0ab2013-07-03 11:20:17 -04006573 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
6574 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
6575 and system logs.
Lennart Poettering00aa8322013-07-03 16:33:53 +02006576
6577 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
6578 snippets extending unit files.
6579
6580 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
6581 not available as public API.
6582
6583 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04006584 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
Lennart Poettering00aa8322013-07-03 16:33:53 +02006585 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
6586
6587 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
6588 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
6589 controls what to boot into by default.
6590
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1fda0ab2013-07-03 11:20:17 -04006591 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
6592 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
6593
Lennart Poettering00aa8322013-07-03 16:33:53 +02006594 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
6595 generators needed for execution, as well as information
6596 about the unit file loading.
6597
Lennart Poettering00aa8322013-07-03 16:33:53 +02006598 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
6599 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
6600 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
6601 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
6602 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
6603 racy due to journal file rotation.
6604
6605 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
6606 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
6607 all services.
6608
6609 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
6610 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
6611 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
6612 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
6613 system services want to log events about specific client
6614 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
6615 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
6616 unit is requested.
6617
6618 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
6619 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
6620 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
6621 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
6622 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
6623 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6624 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
6625 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
6626 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
6627 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
6628 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
6629 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
6630 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
6631
Lennart Poettering606c24e2013-05-09 15:45:50 +02006632CHANGES WITH 204:
6633
6634 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
6635 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
6636
6637 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
6638 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
6639 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
6640
6641 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
6642 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6643
Lennart Poettering2f3fcf82013-05-06 23:43:59 +02006644CHANGES WITH 203:
6645
6646 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
6647 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
6648
6649 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
6650 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
6651 fields, including the root directory.
6652
6653 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
6654 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
Lennart Poetteringb82eed92013-05-06 23:59:14 +02006655 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
Lennart Poettering2f3fcf82013-05-06 23:43:59 +02006656 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
6657 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
6658 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
6659 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
6660 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
6661 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
6662 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
6663 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
6664
6665 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
6666 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
6667
6668 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
6669 have taken an inhibitor lock.
6670
6671 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
6672 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
6673 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
6674 the local hostname.
6675
6676 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
6677 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
6678 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
6679 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
6680 VMs/containers coming and going.
6681
6682 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
6683 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
6684 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
6685
6686 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
6687 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
6688 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
6689 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
6690
6691 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
6692 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
6693 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
6694
6695 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
6696 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
6697 services. With the container's root directory in
6698 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
6699 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
6700
6701 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
6702 the processes within a certain container.
6703
6704 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
6705 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
6706 check though. Patches welcome!
6707
6708 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
6709 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
6710 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
6711 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
6712 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
6713
6714 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
6715 the passed argument if applicable.
6716
6717 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
6718 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
6719 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
6720 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
6721 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
6722 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
6723 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
6724 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6725
Lennart Poetteringef3b5242013-04-19 00:41:24 +02006726CHANGES WITH 202:
6727
6728 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
6729 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
6730 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
6731 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
6732 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
6733 units activate.
6734
6735 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
6736 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
6737 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
6738 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
6739 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
6740 for now, and not installable.
6741
6742 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
6743 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
6744 can run in conjunction with udev.
6745
6746 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
6747 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
6748 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
6749 session manager.
6750
6751 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
6752 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
6753 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
6754 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
6755 services, user processes and containers/virtual
6756 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
6757 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
Lennart Poettering7c04ad22013-04-19 01:11:38 +02006758 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
Lennart Poetteringef3b5242013-04-19 00:41:24 +02006759 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
6760 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
6761 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
6762
6763 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
6764
6765 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
6766 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
6767 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
6768 logical expressions.
6769
6770 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
6771 switches.
6772
6773 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
6774 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
Lennart Poettering7c04ad22013-04-19 01:11:38 +02006775 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
Lennart Poetteringef3b5242013-04-19 00:41:24 +02006776 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
6777 the user.
6778
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekcbeabcf2013-04-18 19:59:12 -04006779 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
6780 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
6781 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
6782 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
6783 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
6784 an entry.
6785
Lennart Poetteringef3b5242013-04-19 00:41:24 +02006786 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
6787 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6788 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
6789 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
6790 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
6791 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6792
Lennart Poetteringd3a86982013-04-08 22:24:19 +02006793CHANGES WITH 201:
6794
6795 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
6796 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
6797 directory.
6798
6799 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
6800 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
6801 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
6802 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
6803 problem.
6804
6805 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
6806 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
6807 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
6808 before the key file is attempted to be read.
6809
6810 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
6811 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
6812
6813 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
6814 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
6815 files in this context are files such as
6816 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
6817
6818 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
6819 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
6820 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
6821 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
6822 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
6823 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
6824
6825 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
6826 hostnames.
6827
6828 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
6829 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
6830 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
6831 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
6832 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
6833 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
6834 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
6835 all time-related output of systemd.
6836
6837 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
6838 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
6839 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
6840 loops.
6841
6842 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
6843 (models, layouts, variants, options).
6844
6845 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
6846 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02006847 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
Lennart Poetteringd3a86982013-04-08 22:24:19 +02006848 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
6849 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
6850
6851 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
6852 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
6853 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
6854 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
6855 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
6856 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
6857 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
6858
Lennart Poettering9ca3c172013-03-28 21:31:55 +01006859CHANGES WITH 200:
6860
6861 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
6862 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
6863 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
6864 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
6865 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
6866 middle ground between physical and access time order.
6867
6868 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
6869 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
6870 images.
6871
6872 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
6873 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
6874 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6875
Lennart Poettering35911452013-03-25 23:05:21 +01006876CHANGES WITH 199:
6877
6878 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
6879
6880 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
6881 security policy.
6882
6883 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
6884 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
6885 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
6886 shared by all processes of a service (which means
6887 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
6888 the same service can still access). When a service is
6889 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeka87197f2013-03-26 11:56:01 -04006890 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
Lennart Poettering35911452013-03-25 23:05:21 +01006891 this though).
6892
6893 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
6894 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
6895 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
6896 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
6897 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
6898 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
6899
6900 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeka87197f2013-03-26 11:56:01 -04006901 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
Lennart Poettering35911452013-03-25 23:05:21 +01006902
6903 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
6904 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
6905
AsciiWolf56cadcb2017-02-21 16:03:04 +01006906 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
Lennart Poettering35911452013-03-25 23:05:21 +01006907
Kay Sieversc20d8292013-03-26 00:41:07 +01006908 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeka87197f2013-03-26 11:56:01 -04006909 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
6910 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
6911 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
6912 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
Lennart Poettering35911452013-03-25 23:05:21 +01006913
6914 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
6915 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
6916 system is to be mounted.
6917
6918 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
6919 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
6920 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
6921 purpose for socket units.
6922
Lennart Poettering6a7d3d62013-03-25 23:48:08 +01006923 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
6924 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
6925
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeka87197f2013-03-26 11:56:01 -04006926 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
6927 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
Kay Sieversc20d8292013-03-26 00:41:07 +01006928 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
Anatol Pomozovab06eef2013-04-14 19:37:54 -07006929 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02006930 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
Kay Sieversc20d8292013-03-26 00:41:07 +01006931
Lennart Poettering35911452013-03-25 23:05:21 +01006932 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
6933 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
6934 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
6935 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6936 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
6937 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
6938 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
6939 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
6940 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6941
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01006942CHANGES WITH 198:
6943
6944 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
6945 files without having to edit/override the unit files
6946 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
6947 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
6948 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekad88e752013-03-09 18:55:31 -05006949 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01006950 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
6951 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
6952 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
Kay Sievers40e21da2013-03-07 20:39:12 +01006953 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
6954 unit files locally: copying the files from
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01006955 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
6956 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
6957 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
6958 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
Kay Sieversfd868972013-03-07 21:04:30 +01006959 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01006960 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
6961 for them too.
6962
6963 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01006964 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01006965 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
6966 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
6967 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
6968 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
6969 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
Kay Sievers156f7d02013-03-07 21:07:52 +01006970 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
6971 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01006972
6973 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
6974 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
6975
Kay Sievers40e21da2013-03-07 20:39:12 +01006976 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01006977 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
6978 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
6979 other users.
6980
6981 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
6982 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
6983 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
6984 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
6985 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01006986 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01006987 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
6988 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01006989 management logic is also available to other programs via the
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01006990 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
6991 supported.
6992
6993 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01006994 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
6995 the foreground VT.
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01006996
6997 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
6998 call.
6999
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007000 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
7001 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
7002 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007003 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
7004 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
7005 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007006 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
7007 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
7008 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
7009 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
7010 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
7011 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
7012 also been removed.
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007013
Kay Sievers40e21da2013-03-07 20:39:12 +01007014 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007015 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007016 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
7017 objects themselves.
7018
7019 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
7020
7021 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
7022 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04007023 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007024 to how this is supported in shells.
7025
7026 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
7027 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
7028 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
7029 user systemd instance.
7030
7031 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
7032 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
7033 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
7034 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
7035 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
7036 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
7037 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
7038 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
7039 one day for good in the kernel.
7040
7041 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
7042 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
7043 container.
7044
Kay Sievers40e21da2013-03-07 20:39:12 +01007045 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007046 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007047 the host into the container.
7048
7049 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007050 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
7051 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
7052 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
7053 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
7054 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007055
AsciiWolf56cadcb2017-02-21 16:03:04 +01007056 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007057
7058 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
7059 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007060 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
7061 configured to be mounted there.
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007062
7063 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
7064 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
7065 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
7066 system resume events.
7067
7068 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
7069 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04007070 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
Kay Sievers40e21da2013-03-07 20:39:12 +01007071 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007072
7073 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
7074 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
7075 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
7076 card).
7077
7078 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
7079 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
7080 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
7081
Kay Sieversbf933562013-03-07 20:44:26 +01007082 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
7083 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
7084 later "change" event.
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007085
7086 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
7087 now carry a message ID.
7088
7089 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
7090 continues to be work in progress.
7091
7092 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
7093 root directory to operate relative to.
7094
Kay Sievers40e21da2013-03-07 20:39:12 +01007095 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
7096 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007097 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
7098 times a little.
7099
7100 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
7101 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
7102 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
7103 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
7104 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
7105 request boot into firmware operations.
7106
7107 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
7108 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
7109 correctly in initrds.
7110
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekd35f51e2018-07-16 12:44:24 +02007111 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
7112 compile time optional via a configure switch.
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007113
7114 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
7115 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
7116
7117 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
7118 the status of all active or failed units.
7119
7120 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
7121 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
7122 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007123 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007124 requests more robust.
7125
7126 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
7127 reading journal files.
7128
7129 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
7130 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
7131
AsciiWolf56cadcb2017-02-21 16:03:04 +01007132 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007133
7134 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007135 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007136
7137 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
7138 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
7139 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
7140 socket activation in daemons.
7141
7142 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
7143 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
7144
Lennart Poettering43447fb2013-03-07 21:28:05 +01007145 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
7146 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
7147 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
7148
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007149 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04007150 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007151 system units.
7152
7153 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
7154 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
7155 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
7156
7157 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
7158 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
7159 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007160 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007161 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
7162 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
7163 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
7164 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
7165 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
7166 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
7167 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007168 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007169 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
7170 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
7171 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
7172 package installation time.
7173
7174 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
7175 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
7176 scripts need to create these system user/group at
7177 installation time.
7178
7179 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
7180 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
7181
7182 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
7183
Kay Sievers40e21da2013-03-07 20:39:12 +01007184 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
7185 available.
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007186
Lennart Poettering1aed4592013-03-07 20:46:27 +01007187 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
7188 load SMACK policies at early boot.
7189
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007190 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
7191 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
7192 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
7193 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
7194 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7195 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
7196 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
7197 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
7198 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
7199 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
7200 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
7201 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
7202 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
7203 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
7204
Lennart Poettering8ad26852013-01-08 02:27:22 +01007205CHANGES WITH 197:
7206
7207 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
7208 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
7209 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
7210 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
7211 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
7212 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
7213 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
7214 the supported calendar time specification language see
7215 systemd.time(7).
7216
7217 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
7218 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
7219 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
7220 document for details:
7221
AsciiWolf56cadcb2017-02-21 16:03:04 +01007222 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
Lennart Poettering8ad26852013-01-08 02:27:22 +01007223
7224 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02007225 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
7226 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
Lennart Poettering8ad26852013-01-08 02:27:22 +01007227 implementations around and minimal in its code and
7228 dependencies.
7229
7230 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
7231 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
7232 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
7233 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
7234 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
7235 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
7236 with a configure switch.
7237
7238 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
7239 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
7240 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
7241 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
7242 such as ext4.
7243
7244 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
7245 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
7246 identities are attached to the devices as well.
7247
7248 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
7249 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
7250
7251 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
7252 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
7253 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
7254 using only core OS tools.
7255
7256 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
7257 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
7258 implementation of socket activated nspawn
7259 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
7260 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
7261 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
7262 eventually.
7263
7264 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
7265 presenting log data.
7266
7267 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02007268 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
Lennart Poettering8ad26852013-01-08 02:27:22 +01007269
7270 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
7271 system on idle.
7272
7273 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
7274 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
7275 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
7276 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
7277 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
7278 information if possible.
7279
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekd35f51e2018-07-16 12:44:24 +02007280 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
7281 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
7282 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
Lennart Poettering8ad26852013-01-08 02:27:22 +01007283
7284 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
7285 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
7286 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
7287 is running on battery power.
7288
7289 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
7290 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
7291 is in the "failed" state.
7292
7293 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
7294 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
7295 environment files at once.
7296
7297 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
7298 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
7299 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
7300 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
7301 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
7302 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
7303 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
7304 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
7305 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
7306 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
7307 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
7308 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
7309 pieces of code locally from the git history.
7310
7311 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
7312 log the unit name in the message meta data.
7313
7314 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
7315 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
7316
7317 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
7318 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
7319 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
7320 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
Jan Engelhardtb938cb92014-08-03 07:11:12 +02007321 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
7322 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
Lennart Poettering8ad26852013-01-08 02:27:22 +01007323 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
7324 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
7325 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
7326 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
7327 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
7328 shipped from us upstream.
7329
7330 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
7331 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
7332 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
7333 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
7334 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7335 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
7336 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
7337 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
7338 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
7339 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
7340 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
7341 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
7342 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7343
Lennart Poettering0428ddb2012-11-21 01:37:11 +01007344CHANGES WITH 196:
7345
7346 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
7347 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
7348 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
7349 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
7350 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
7351 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
7352 becoming the one central database for non-essential
7353 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
Lennart Poettering96ec33c2012-11-21 01:59:45 +01007354 database was only attached to select devices, since the
Lennart Poettering0428ddb2012-11-21 01:37:11 +01007355 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
Lennart Poettering96ec33c2012-11-21 01:59:45 +01007356 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
7357 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
7358 data for all devices where this is available, by
Lennart Poettering0428ddb2012-11-21 01:37:11 +01007359 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
7360 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
7361 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
7362 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
7363 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
7364 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
7365
7366 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
7367 indexed database to link up additional information with
7368 journal entries. For further details please check:
7369
AsciiWolf56cadcb2017-02-21 16:03:04 +01007370 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
Lennart Poettering0428ddb2012-11-21 01:37:11 +01007371
7372 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
7373 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
7374 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
7375 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
7376 macro for this purpose.
7377
7378 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
7379 Python logging framework.
7380
7381 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
7382 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
7383 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
7384 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
Anatol Pomozovab06eef2013-04-14 19:37:54 -07007385 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
Lennart Poettering0428ddb2012-11-21 01:37:11 +01007386 time intervals.
7387
7388 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
7389 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
7390 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
7391
7392 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
7393 right-away on the selected coredump.
7394
7395 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
7396 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
7397 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
7398
7399 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
7400 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
7401 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
7402 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
7403
7404 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
7405 default.
7406
7407 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
7408 SMACK security label.
7409
7410 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
7411 daylight saving change.
7412
7413 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
7414 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
7415 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
7416 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
7417 distributions who still need support this to either continue
7418 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
7419 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
7420
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekd35f51e2018-07-16 12:44:24 +02007421 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
7422 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
7423 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
7424 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
7425 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
7426 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
7427 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
Lennart Poettering0428ddb2012-11-21 01:37:11 +01007428
7429 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
7430 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
7431
7432 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
7433 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
7434 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
7435 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
7436 offline updating tools.
7437
7438 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
7439 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
7440 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
7441 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
7442 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
7443 directories for packages to place various data files in.
7444
7445 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
7446 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
7447
7448 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
7449 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
7450 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
7451 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7452 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
7453 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
7454 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
7455 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
7456 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7457
Lennart Poettering139ee8c2012-10-23 00:01:47 +02007458CHANGES WITH 195:
7459
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek68271012012-10-29 09:52:31 +00007460 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
Lennart Poettering139ee8c2012-10-23 00:01:47 +02007461 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
7462 units via --unit=/-u.
7463
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek68271012012-10-29 09:52:31 +00007464 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
Lennart Poettering139ee8c2012-10-23 00:01:47 +02007465 right thing.
7466
7467 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
7468 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
7469 rotation.
7470
7471 * The journal will now index the available field values for
7472 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
7473 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
7474 completion of journalctl has been updated
7475 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
7476 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
7477
7478 * More service events are now written as structured messages
7479 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
7480
7481 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
7482 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
7483 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
7484 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
7485 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
7486 these settings from the command line now, especially since
7487 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
7488 completion.
7489
7490 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
7491 extract coredumps from the journal.
7492
7493 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
7494 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
7495 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
7496 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
7497 scratch their heads.
7498
7499 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
7500 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
7501
7502 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
7503 in immediate termination of systemd.
7504
7505 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
7506 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
7507
7508 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
7509 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
7510 mouse screen support has been added.
7511
7512 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
7513 Server-Sent-Events as output.
7514
Lennart Poettering1cb88f22012-10-23 17:13:01 +02007515 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
Lennart Poettering139ee8c2012-10-23 00:01:47 +02007516 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
7517 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
7518 "systemctl reload".
7519
Ben Boeckel15f47222012-10-27 03:08:56 -04007520 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
Lennart Poettering139ee8c2012-10-23 00:01:47 +02007521 -u" instead.
7522
7523 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
7524 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
7525 configured.
7526
7527 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
7528 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
7529
7530 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
7531 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
Lennart Poettering4d92e072012-10-23 02:03:10 +02007532 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
7533 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
7534 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
7535 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
7536 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
Lennart Poettering139ee8c2012-10-23 00:01:47 +02007537
Lennart Poetteringf9b55722012-10-03 14:32:29 -04007538CHANGES WITH 194:
7539
7540 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
7541 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
7542 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
7543 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
7544 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
7545 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
7546 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
7547 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
7548 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
7549 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
7550 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
7551 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
7552
7553 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
7554 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
7555 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7556
Lennart Poettering597c52c2012-09-28 01:34:38 +02007557CHANGES WITH 193:
7558
7559 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
7560 starting from the specified location in the journal.
7561
7562 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
7563 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
7564 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
7565
7566 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
7567 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
7568 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
7569 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
7570 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
7571 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
7572 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
7573
7574 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
7575 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
7576
7577 This will download the journal contents in a
7578 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
7579
7580 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
7581
7582 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
7583 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
7584 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
7585 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
7586 screenshot of this app in its current state:
7587
7588 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
7589
7590 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
7591 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
7592
Lennart Poettering075d4ec2012-09-25 22:23:57 +02007593CHANGES WITH 192:
7594
7595 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
7596 too.
7597
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02007598 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
Lennart Poettering075d4ec2012-09-25 22:23:57 +02007599 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
7600 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
Torstein Husebø61233822016-07-10 14:48:23 +02007601 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
Lennart Poettering075d4ec2012-09-25 22:23:57 +02007602 just start them.
7603
7604 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
7605 and line break accordingly.
7606
Lennart Poettering597c52c2012-09-28 01:34:38 +02007607 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7608 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
Lennart Poettering075d4ec2012-09-25 22:23:57 +02007609
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02007610CHANGES WITH 191:
7611
7612 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
7613 container environment, copying the host's timezone
7614 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
7615 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
7616 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
7617
7618 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
7619 will default to 10 if omitted.
7620
7621 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
7622 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
7623 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
7624 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
Lennart Poettering6563b532012-09-23 19:19:22 +02007625 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02007626
7627 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
7628 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
7629 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
7630 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
7631 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
7632 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
Lennart Poettering6563b532012-09-23 19:19:22 +02007633 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02007634
7635 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
7636 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
Lennart Poettering6563b532012-09-23 19:19:22 +02007637 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
Torstein Husebø45afd512015-05-26 19:17:30 +02007638 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02007639 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
7640 into two.
7641
Lennart Poettering597c52c2012-09-28 01:34:38 +02007642 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
7643 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02007644
Lennart Poettering0c11f942012-09-20 18:54:20 +02007645CHANGES WITH 190:
7646
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02007647 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
Lennart Poettering0c11f942012-09-20 18:54:20 +02007648 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
7649 "systemctl status".
7650
7651 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
7652 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
Lennart Poettering8d0256b2012-09-20 22:50:26 +02007653 system to another place in the same file system could not be
Lennart Poettering0c11f942012-09-20 18:54:20 +02007654 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
7655 field.)
7656
7657 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
7658 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
7659 default.
7660
7661 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
7662 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
7663 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
7664 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
7665 in a container.
7666
7667 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
7668 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
7669 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
7670 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
7671 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
7672 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
7673
7674 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
7675 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
7676 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
7677 no-op.
7678
7679 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
7680 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
7681 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
7682 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
7683 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
7684
7685 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
7686 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
7687
7688 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
7689 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
7690 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
7691 command.
7692
7693 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
7694 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
7695 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
7696
7697 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
7698
7699 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
7700 multiple files at once.
7701
7702 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
7703 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
7704 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
7705 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
7706 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
7707 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
7708 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
7709
Lennart Poetteringa98d5d62012-09-20 19:12:23 +02007710 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
7711 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
7712 now support specifiers as well.
Lennart Poettering0c11f942012-09-20 18:54:20 +02007713
7714 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
7715 dir: %_presetdir.
7716
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02007717 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
Jan Engelhardtdca348b2014-05-08 01:28:44 +02007718 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
Lennart Poettering0c11f942012-09-20 18:54:20 +02007719
7720 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
7721 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
7722 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
7723 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
7724 anymore.
7725
Lennart Poetteringaaccc322012-09-20 19:58:31 +02007726 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
Lennart Poettering0c11f942012-09-20 18:54:20 +02007727 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
7728 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
7729 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
7730
7731 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
7732 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
7733 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
7734
7735 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
7736 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
7737 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
7738 sockets.
7739
7740 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
7741 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
7742 is changed.
7743
7744 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
7745 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
7746 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
7747 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
7748 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
Veres Lajosf1317702014-12-29 09:45:58 +00007749 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
Lennart Poettering0c11f942012-09-20 18:54:20 +02007750 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
7751
7752 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
7753
7754 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
7755 the unit file label and client process label into account.
7756
Lennart Poetteringaad803a2012-09-20 19:00:26 +02007757 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
7758 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
7759
7760 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
7761 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
7762 (%b).
7763
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02007764 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
Lennart Poettering0c11f942012-09-20 18:54:20 +02007765 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
7766 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7767 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7768 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
7769 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
7770 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7771
Lennart Poettering38a60d72012-08-23 02:46:22 +02007772CHANGES WITH 189:
7773
7774 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
7775 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
7776
7777 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
7778 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
7779 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
7780 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
7781 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
7782 syslog daemons again.
7783
7784 * The libudev API gained the new
7785 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
7786
7787 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
7788 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
7789 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
7790 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
7791
7792 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
7793 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
7794 container.
7795
7796 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
7797 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
7798 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
7799 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
7800 this explaining it in more detail.
7801
7802 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
7803 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
7804 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
7805 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
7806
7807 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
7808 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
7809 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
7810 journal files.
7811
7812 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
7813 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
7814 as container init process a lot more fun.
7815
7816 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
7817 entries.
7818
7819 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
7820 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
7821 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
7822 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
7823 different sets of services.
7824
7825 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
7826 failure state.
7827
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02007828 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
Lennart Poettering38a60d72012-08-23 02:46:22 +02007829 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
7830 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7831
Lennart Poetteringc269cec2012-08-08 21:49:01 +02007832CHANGES WITH 188:
7833
7834 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
7835 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
7836 tree a lot more organized.
7837
7838 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
7839 may be used to group services in a natural way.
7840
7841 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
7842 services.
7843
7844 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
7845 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
7846 filtering by log level now.
7847
7848 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
7849 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
7850 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
7851
Anatol Pomozovab06eef2013-04-14 19:37:54 -07007852 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
Lennart Poetteringc269cec2012-08-08 21:49:01 +02007853 command lines involving service unit names.
7854
7855 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
7856 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
7857
7858 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
7859 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
7860 and encodes structured information about the error number.
7861
7862 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
7863 option.
7864
7865 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
7866 a shutdown is cancelled.
7867
7868 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
7869 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
7870 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
7871 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
7872 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
7873
7874 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
7875 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
7876 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
7877 for display managers instead.
7878
7879 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
7880 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
7881 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
7882 protection, and suchlike.
7883
7884 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
7885 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
7886 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
7887 the service.
7888
7889 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
7890 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
7891 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
7892 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
7893 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
7894 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7895
Lennart Poetteringc4f1b862012-07-20 00:38:02 +02007896CHANGES WITH 187:
7897
7898 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
7899 pages.
7900
7901 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
7902 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
7903 data loss.
7904
Lennart Poetteringc269cec2012-08-08 21:49:01 +02007905 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
Lennart Poetteringc4f1b862012-07-20 00:38:02 +02007906 option.
7907
7908 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
7909
7910 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
7911 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
7912
7913 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
7914 specific directory.
7915
7916 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
7917 messages of two different boots.
7918
7919 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
7920 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
7921 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
7922
7923 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
7924 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
7925 disjunctions.
7926
7927 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
7928 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
7929 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
7930
7931 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
7932 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
7933 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
7934
7935 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
7936 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
7937 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
7938 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
7939 speed things up a bit.
7940
7941 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
7942 header data of journal files.
7943
7944 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
7945 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
7946 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
7947
7948 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
7949 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
7950 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
7951 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
7952
7953 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
7954
7955 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
7956 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
7957 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
7958 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7959
Lennart Poetteringb5b4c942012-07-02 11:38:03 +02007960CHANGES WITH 186:
7961
7962 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
7963 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
7964 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
7965 prefixed with rd.
7966
7967 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
7968 automatically generated at boot. Use:
7969
7970 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
7971
7972 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
7973
Lennart Poetteringd1f9eda2012-07-02 14:33:04 +02007974 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
Lennart Poetteringb5b4c942012-07-02 11:38:03 +02007975
7976 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
7977 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
7978 as well.
7979
7980 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
7981 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
7982 in all appropriate directories automatically.
7983
7984 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
7985 does the right thing. Example:
7986
7987 udevadm info /dev/sda
7988 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
7989
7990 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
7991 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
7992 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
7993 running.
7994
7995 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
7996 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
7997
7998 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
7999 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
8000
8001 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
8002 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
8003 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
8004 files.
8005
8006 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
8007 be stopped that is not loaded.
8008
8009 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
8010
8011 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
8012
8013 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
8014 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
8015 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
8016 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
8017
8018 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
8019 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
8020 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
8021 completed initialization.
8022
8023 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
8024
8025 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
8026 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
8027 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
8028 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
8029 distributions.
8030
8031 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
8032 always valid when services log to the journal via
8033 STDOUT/STDERR.
8034
8035 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
8036 command line options we understand.
8037
8038 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
8039 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
8040
Kay Sievers91ac7422012-07-02 15:05:26 +02008041 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
Lennart Poetteringb5b4c942012-07-02 11:38:03 +02008042 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
8043
8044 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
8045 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
8046 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
8047 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
8048
8049 systemctl status /home
8050 systemctl status /dev/sda
8051
8052 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
8053 system.conf parsing.
8054
8055 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
8056 Manager object.
8057
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02008058 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
Lennart Poetteringb5b4c942012-07-02 11:38:03 +02008059
8060 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
8061
8062 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
8063 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
8064 complete.
8065
8066 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
8067 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
8068 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
8069 systemd-fsck@.service.
8070
8071 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
8072 Manager object.
8073
8074 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
8075 work sensibly.
8076
8077 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
8078 we actually understand.
8079
8080 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
8081 additional capabilities to the container.
8082
8083 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
Lennart Poettering5b00c012012-07-18 01:24:39 +02008084 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
Lennart Poetteringb5b4c942012-07-02 11:38:03 +02008085 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
8086
8087 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
8088 the current boot only.
8089
8090 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
8091 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
8092
8093 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
8094 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
8095 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
8096 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
8097 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
8098
Lennart Poetteringc4f1b862012-07-20 00:38:02 +02008099 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
Lennart Poetteringb5b4c942012-07-02 11:38:03 +02008100
Lennart Poettering2d938ac2012-07-03 16:27:59 +02008101 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
8102 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
8103 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
8104 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
Lennart Poetteringb5b4c942012-07-02 11:38:03 +02008105
Kay Sievers2d197282012-06-04 20:15:16 +02008106CHANGES WITH 185:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02008107
Kay Sievers2d197282012-06-04 20:15:16 +02008108 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
8109 available.
8110
8111 * Several new man pages have been added.
8112
Lennart Poetteringb5b4c942012-07-02 11:38:03 +02008113 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
8114 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
8115 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
8116 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
Kay Sievers2d197282012-06-04 20:15:16 +02008117
Lennart Poetteringb5b4c942012-07-02 11:38:03 +02008118 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
8119 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
Kay Sievers2d197282012-06-04 20:15:16 +02008120
8121 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
8122 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
8123 Matthias Clasen
8124
Lennart Poettering4c8cd172012-05-31 01:58:01 +02008125CHANGES WITH 184:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02008126
Lennart Poettering4c8cd172012-05-31 01:58:01 +02008127 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
8128 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
8129
8130 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
8131 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
8132 daemon.
8133
8134 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
8135 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
8136
8137 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
8138 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
8139 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
8140 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
8141
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008142CHANGES WITH 183:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02008143
Lennart Poettering187076d2012-05-24 16:41:08 +02008144 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
8145 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
8146 and systemd's most recent version number.
8147
Kay Sievers194bbe32012-04-15 02:35:31 +02008148 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
8149 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
8150 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
8151 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
8152 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008153 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
Kay Sievers07cd4fc2012-04-08 16:50:16 +02008154
Tollef Fog Heen91cf7e52012-04-17 09:47:23 +02008155 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
Kay Sieversf13b3882012-04-16 23:32:22 +02008156 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
8157 subsystems.
Kay Sievers64661ee2012-04-06 19:52:49 +02008158
Kay Sievers2d13da82012-04-09 20:45:45 +02008159 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
8160 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
8161 used to subscribe to events.
8162
Kay Sievers194bbe32012-04-15 02:35:31 +02008163 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
8164 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
8165 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
8166 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008167 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
Kay Sievers194bbe32012-04-15 02:35:31 +02008168 forked by udev rules.
8169
Kay Sieversf13b3882012-04-16 23:32:22 +02008170 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
8171 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
8172 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
8173 it.
8174
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008175 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
Kay Sieversc1959562012-05-15 23:44:28 +02008176 udev_monitor_from_socket()
8177 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
8178 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008179 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
Kay Sieversc1959562012-05-15 23:44:28 +02008180
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008181 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
Lennart Poettering9ae9afc2012-05-24 16:52:12 +02008182 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
Kay Sievers18b754d2012-03-30 23:18:33 +02008183
8184 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
8185 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
8186 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
8187 the files to the new names on upgrade.
8188
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008189 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
8190 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
8191 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
8192 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
8193 to be used as drop-in files.
8194
8195 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
Ville Skyttä49f43d52012-07-15 11:41:40 +03008196 particular suspending and hibernating.
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008197
8198 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
8199 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
8200 about this in more detail.
8201
8202 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02008203 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008204 places). Distributions which have not converted these
8205 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
8206 from git history and add them downstream.
8207
8208 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
8209 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
Lennart Poettering39432312012-05-24 16:53:31 +02008210 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008211 units.
8212
8213 * All smaller setup units (such as
8214 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
8215 are run in a container and are skipped when
8216 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
8217 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
8218
8219 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
8220 integrated, for details see:
AsciiWolfc6749ba2017-02-21 18:26:23 +01008221 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008222
8223 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
8224 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
8225 messages.
8226
Lennart Poettering439d6df2012-05-24 17:03:52 +02008227 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
8228 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008229 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
8230 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
8231 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
8232
8233 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
8234 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
8235 for all units started by PID 1.
8236
8237 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
8238 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
8239 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
8240
Lennart Poettering39432312012-05-24 16:53:31 +02008241 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
8242 of PID 1 anymore.
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008243
8244 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
8245 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02008246 have not been read by systemd yet.
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008247
8248 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
8249 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
8250 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
8251 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
8252 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
8253 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
8254
8255 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
8256 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
8257
8258 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
8259
8260 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
8261 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
8262 so sexy.
8263
8264 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
8265 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
8266 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
8267 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
8268 patterns.
8269
8270 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
8271 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
8272 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
8273 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
8274
8275 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
8276 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
8277
8278 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
8279 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
8280 in systemd now.
8281
8282 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
8283 ID on the command line.
8284
Lennart Poetteringf8c0a2c2012-05-24 17:06:03 +02008285 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008286 for an init system.
8287
8288 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
8289 vt100.
8290
8291 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
8292
8293 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
Lennart Poettering39432312012-05-24 16:53:31 +02008294 components now have directories of their own.
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008295
8296 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
8297
8298 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
8299 container in other hierarchies.
8300
8301 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
8302 system.conf.
8303
8304 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
8305
8306 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
8307 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
8308
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02008309 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008310 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
8311
8312 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
8313 locally generated journal files.
8314
8315 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
8316
8317 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
8318
Lennart Poettering79849bf2012-05-24 18:15:35 +02008319 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
8320 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
8321 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
8322 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
8323 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
8324 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
8325 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
8326 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
8327 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
8328 Gundersen
8329
Lennart Poettering16f12392012-03-16 01:57:47 +01008330CHANGES WITH 44:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02008331
Lennart Poettering16f12392012-03-16 01:57:47 +01008332 * This is mostly a bugfix release
8333
8334 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
8335 KVM or container configured UUID.
8336
8337 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
8338
8339 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
8340
Anatol Pomozovab06eef2013-04-14 19:37:54 -07008341 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
Lennart Poettering16f12392012-03-16 01:57:47 +01008342 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
8343
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02008344 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
Lennart Poettering16f12392012-03-16 01:57:47 +01008345
8346 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
8347 folks
8348
8349 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02008350 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
Lennart Poettering16f12392012-03-16 01:57:47 +01008351 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
8352
8353 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
8354 configuration
8355
8356 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
8357 free fashion
8358
8359 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
8360 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
Jan Engelhardtb938cb92014-08-03 07:11:12 +02008361 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
Lennart Poettering16f12392012-03-16 01:57:47 +01008362 automatically generated data.
8363
8364 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
8365 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
8366 however.
8367
8368 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
8369 tarball.
8370
8371 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
8372 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
8373 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
8374 Reding
8375
Lennart Poettering437b7de2012-02-15 05:00:27 +01008376CHANGES WITH 43:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02008377
Lennart Poettering437b7de2012-02-15 05:00:27 +01008378 * This is mostly a bugfix release
8379
8380 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
8381
8382 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
8383
Torstein Husebø45afd512015-05-26 19:17:30 +02008384 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
Lennart Poettering437b7de2012-02-15 05:00:27 +01008385 normal user logins.
8386
8387 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
8388 Biebl
8389
Lennart Poettering204fa332012-02-11 01:52:18 +01008390CHANGES WITH 42:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02008391
Lennart Poettering204fa332012-02-11 01:52:18 +01008392 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
8393
8394 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
8395 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
8396 xsltproc.
8397
8398 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
8399 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
8400 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
8401
8402 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
8403 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
8404 reboot can automatically be triggered.
8405
8406 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
8407
8408 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
8409 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
8410 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
8411
Kay Sieverse0d25322012-02-08 00:08:10 +01008412CHANGES WITH 41:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02008413
Kay Sieverse0d25322012-02-08 00:08:10 +01008414 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
8415 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
8416 package update.
8417
Lennart Poetteringb13df962012-02-09 01:06:07 +01008418 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
8419 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
8420 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
8421
8422 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
8423 complete.
8424
8425 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
8426 understood to set system wide environment variables
8427 dynamically at boot.
8428
Jason St. Johne9c1ea92013-07-02 13:24:48 +02008429 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
Lennart Poetteringccd07a02012-02-09 02:06:13 +01008430
Lennart Poettering353e12c2012-02-09 03:18:04 +01008431 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
8432 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
8433 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
8434 files.
8435
Lennart Poetteringb13df962012-02-09 01:06:07 +01008436 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8437 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
8438 William Douglas
8439
Lennart Poetteringd26e4272012-02-07 03:38:23 +01008440CHANGES WITH 40:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02008441
Lennart Poetteringd26e4272012-02-07 03:38:23 +01008442 * This is mostly a bugfix release
8443
8444 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
8445 "Result" D-Bus property.
8446
8447 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
8448 the next few releases.)
8449
8450 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
8451 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
8452 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
8453 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
8454
Lennart Poetteringb13df962012-02-09 01:06:07 +01008455 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
8456 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
8457 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
8458
Lennart Poettering220a21d2012-01-25 01:02:41 +01008459CHANGES WITH 39:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02008460
Lennart Poettering220a21d2012-01-25 01:02:41 +01008461 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
8462 bugfixes.
8463
8464 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
8465 resource usage.
8466
8467 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
8468 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
8469 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
8470 journals by the respective users.
8471
8472 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
8473 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
8474 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
8475
8476 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
8477 client for all entries.
8478
8479 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
8480
8481 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
8482 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
8483
8484 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
8485 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
8486 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
8487 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
8488
8489 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
8490 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
8491 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
8492
8493 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
8494 journal along with meta data.
8495
8496 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
8497 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
8498 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
8499
8500 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
8501 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
AsciiWolf56cadcb2017-02-21 16:03:04 +01008502 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
Lennart Poettering220a21d2012-01-25 01:02:41 +01008503
8504 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
8505
8506 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
8507 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
8508 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
8509 or fsck.
8510
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02008511 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
Lennart Poettering220a21d2012-01-25 01:02:41 +01008512 requested with new -k switch.
8513
8514 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8515 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
8516
8517CHANGES WITH 38:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02008518
Lennart Poettering220a21d2012-01-25 01:02:41 +01008519 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
8520 bugfixes.
8521
8522 * The git repository moved to:
8523 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
8524 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
8525
8526 * First release with the journal
8527 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
8528
8529 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
8530 systemd-stdout-bridge.
8531
8532 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
8533
8534 * Many systemadm clean-ups
8535
8536 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
8537 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
8538 remote mounts.
8539
8540 * Added Mageia support
8541
8542 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
8543
8544 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
8545 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
8546 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
8547 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
8548 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
8549
8550 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
8551 of existing distributions.
8552
8553 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
8554 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
8555
8556 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
8557 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
8558 boot.
8559
8560 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
8561
8562 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
8563 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
8564 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
8565 among other things.
8566
8567 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
8568 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
8569
8570 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
8571
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02008572 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
Lennart Poettering220a21d2012-01-25 01:02:41 +01008573 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
8574 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
8575
8576 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
8577 restored.
8578
8579 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
8580 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
8581 kmod
8582
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02008583 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
Lennart Poettering220a21d2012-01-25 01:02:41 +01008584 of /usr/local by default.
8585
8586 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
8587 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
8588 in:
AsciiWolf56cadcb2017-02-21 16:03:04 +01008589 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
Lennart Poettering220a21d2012-01-25 01:02:41 +01008590
8591 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
8592 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
8593 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
8594 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
8595 supported anyway, and bad style).
8596
8597 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
8598 reloading of units together.
8599
Lennart Poettering4c8cd172012-05-31 01:58:01 +02008600 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
Lennart Poettering220a21d2012-01-25 01:02:41 +01008601 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
8602 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
8603 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
8604 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek